Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual

Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for ONS 15454 DWDM:
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference
Manual
Product and Software Release 8.5
July 2012
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
Text Part Number: 78-18343-02

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Summary of Contents for Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM

  • Page 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual Product and Software Release 8.5 July 2012 Americas Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 527-0883 Text Part Number: 78-18343-02...
  • Page 2 OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks.
  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    1.4.3 Multiple Y-Cable Module Tray 1-18 1.5 Typical DWDM Rack Layouts 1-19 1.6 Front Door 1-21 1.7 ONS 15454 ANSI Backplane Covers 1-28 1.7.1 Lower Backplane Cover 1-29 1.7.2 Rear Cover 1-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 4 1.16.2 Card Replacement 1-62 Common Control Cards C H A P T E R 2.1 Card Overview 2.1.1 Common Control Cards 2.1.2 Front Mount Electrical Connections (ETSI only) 2.2 TCC2 Card 2.2.1 TCC2 Functionality Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 5 3.2.3 Laser Source Connector Label 3.2.4 FDA Statement Label 3.2.5 Shock Hazard Label 3.3 OSCM Card 3.3.1 Power Monitoring 3.3.2 OSCM Card-Level Indicators 3.3.3 OSCM Port-Level Indicators 3.4 OSC-CSM Card 3.4.1 Power Monitoring 3-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 6 4.6.1 OPT-BST-L Faceplate Ports 4-18 4.6.2 OPT-BST-L Block Diagrams 4-19 4.6.3 OPT-BST-L Power Monitoring 4-20 4.6.4 OPT-BST-L Card-Level Indicators 4-21 4.6.5 OPT-BST-L Port-Level Indicators 4-21 4.7 OPT-AMP-L Card 4-21 4.7.1 OPT-AMP-L Faceplate Ports 4-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 7 5.2.2.1 Class 1M Laser Product Label 5-10 5.2.2.2 Hazard Level 1M Label 5-10 5.2.2.3 Laser Source Connector Label 5-11 5.2.2.4 FDA Statement Label 5-11 5.2.2.5 Shock Hazard Label 5-11 5.3 32MUX-O Card 5-12 5.3.1 Channel Plan 5-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 8 6.4.3 AD-2C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 6-15 6.4.4 AD-2C-xx.x Port-Level Indicators 6-16 6.5 AD-4C-xx.x Card 6-16 6.5.1 Wavelength Sets 6-18 6.5.2 Power Monitoring 6-19 6.5.3 AD-4C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 6-19 6.5.4 AD-4C-xx.x Port-Level Indicators 6-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 viii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 9 7.4.3 32WSS-L ROADM Functionality 7-23 7.4.4 32WSS-L Power Monitoring 7-23 7.4.5 32WSS-L Channel Plan 7-23 7.4.6 32WSS-L Card-Level Indicators 7-24 7.5 32DMX Card 7-25 7.5.1 32DMX Faceplate Ports 7-25 7.5.2 32DMX Block Diagram 7-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 10 7.9.3 40-MUX-C Card Power Monitoring 7-47 7.9.4 40-MUX-C Card Channel Plan 7-48 7.9.5 40-MUX-C Card-Level Indicators 7-49 7.9.6 40-MUX-C Port-Level Indicators 7-49 7.10 40-WSS-C Card 7-50 7.10.1 40-WSS-C Faceplate Ports 7-50 7.10.2 40-WSS-C Block Diagram 7-51 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 11 8.2.1 Class 1 Laser Product Cards 8.2.1.1 Class 1 Laser Product Label 8.2.1.2 Hazard Level 1 Label 8.2.1.3 Laser Source Connector Label 8.2.1.4 FDA Statement Label 8.2.1.5 Shock Hazard Label 8.2.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 12 8-21 8.6.2 Block Diagram 8-22 8.6.3 Automatic Laser Shutdown 8-23 8.6.4 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Card-Level Indicators 8-24 8.6.5 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Port-Level Indicators 8-24 8.7 MXP_2.5G_10G Card 8-24 8.7.1 Timing Synchronization 8-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 13 8.8.13 Jitter 8-43 8.8.14 Lamp Test 8-43 8.8.15 Onboard Traffic Generation 8-44 8.8.16 MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Card-Level Indicators 8-44 8.8.17 MXP_2.5G_10E and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Port-Level Indicators 8-44 8.9 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 8-44 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xiii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 14 8.12.4 Port Configuration Rules 8-70 8.12.5 Client Interfaces 8-71 8.12.6 Interlink Interfaces 8-72 8.12.7 DWDM Trunk Interface 8-72 8.12.8 Configuration Management 8-72 8.12.9 Security 8-73 8.12.10 Protection 8-73 8.12.10.1 Circuit Protection Schemes 8-73 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 15 9.4.4 Using a Mesh Node for Local Add/Drop Channel Management 9-40 9.5 DWDM Node Cabling 9-41 9.5.1 OSC Link Termination Fiber-Optic Cabling 9-42 9.5.2 Hub Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 9-44 9.5.3 Terminal Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 9-46 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 16 10.4.1 APC at the Amplifier Card Level 10-11 10.4.2 APC at the Shelf Controller Layer 10-11 10.4.3 Managing APC 10-14 10.5 ROADM Power Equalization Monitoring 10-16 10.6 Span Loss Verification 10-17 10.7 Network Optical Safety 10-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 17 C H A P T E R 12.1 CTC Software Delivery Methods 12-1 12.1.1 CTC Software Installed on the TCC2/TCC2P Card 12-1 12.1.2 CTC Software Installed on the PC or UNIX Workstation 12-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xvii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 18 13.2.2.3 User Password, Login, and Access Policies 13-7 13.3 Audit Trail 13-8 13.3.1 Audit Trail Log Entries 13-8 13.3.2 Audit Trail Capacities 13-9 13.4 RADIUS Security 13-9 13.4.1 RADIUS Authentication 13-9 13.4.2 Shared Secrets 13-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xviii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 19 15.3.7 DCN Case Study 4: Two Linear Cascaded Topologies With Two DCN Connections 15-34 15.3.7.1 DCN Case Study 4 IP Configurations 15-35 15.3.7.2 DCN Case Study 4 Limitations 15-37 15.4 DCN Extension 15-37 15.4.1 Network Using OSC 15-38 15.4.2 Network Using External DCN 15-38 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 20 16.3.6.2 Retrieving and Displaying Alarm and Condition History 16-7 16.3.7 Alarm History and Log Buffer Capacities 16-8 16.4 Alarm Severities 16-8 16.5 Alarm Profiles 16-9 16.5.1 Creating and Modifying Alarm Profiles 16-9 16.5.2 Alarm Profile Buttons 16-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 21 17.3.1 Optical Amplifier Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 17-16 17.3.2 Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 17-16 17.3.3 4MD-xx.x Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 17-17 17.3.4 OADM Channel Filter Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 17-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 22 18-21 18.11.3.1 Row Creation in etherStatsTable 18-21 18.11.3.2 Get Requests and GetNext Requests 18-22 18.11.3.3 Row Deletion in etherStatsTable 18-22 18.11.3.4 64-Bit etherStatsHighCapacity Table 18-22 18.11.4 History Control RMON Group 18-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 23 A.2 General Card Specifications A.2.1 Power A.2.2 Temperature A.3 Common Control Card Specifications A.3.1 TCC2 Card Specifications A.3.2 TCC2P Card Specifications A.3.3 AIC-I Card Specifications A.3.4 AEP Specifications (ANSI only) A-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxiii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 24 A.8.3 AD-4C-xx.x Card Specifications A-40 A.8.4 AD-1B-xx.x Card Specifications A-41 A.8.5 AD-4B-xx.x Card Specifications A-45 A.9 Transponder and Muxponder Card Specifications A-48 A.9.1 TXP_MR_10G Card Specifications A-48 A.9.2 MXP_2.5G_10G Card Specifications A-50 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxiv 78-18343-02...
  • Page 25 B.3.4 OSC Port Service State Transitions B-10 B.3.5 OCHNC, OCHCC, and OCH-Trail Service State Transitions B-12 B.3.6 Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions B-13 B.3.7 Transponder/Muxponder Port Service State Transitions B-18 N D E X Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 26: Cisco Ons 15454 Dwdm Reference Manual,

    Contents Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxvi 78-18343-02...
  • Page 27 1-28 Figure 1-27 Backplane Covers 1-29 Figure 1-28 Removing the Lower Backplane Cover 1-29 Figure 1-29 Backplane Attachment for Cover 1-30 Figure 1-30 Installing the Plastic Rear Cover with Spacers 1-31 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxvii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 28 Y-Cable Module Tray 1-48 Figure 1-49 Fiber-Storage Tray 1-49 Figure 1-50 Tie-Down Bar on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Shelf Assembly 1-49 Figure 1-51 Position of the ONS 15454 ETSI Fan-Tray Assembly 1-51 Figure 1-52 Ground Posts on the ONS 15454 ANSI Backplane...
  • Page 29 Figure 4-21 OPT-AMP-17-C Faceplate 4-27 Figure 4-22 OPT-AMP17-C Block Diagram 4-28 Figure 4-23 OPT-AMP-17-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 4-28 Figure 4-24 OPT-AMP-C Card Faceplate 4-31 Figure 4-25 OPT-AMP-C Block Diagram 4-32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxix 78-18343-02...
  • Page 30 AD-2C-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 6-14 Figure 6-12 AD-4C-xx.x Faceplate 6-17 Figure 6-13 AD-4C-xx.x Block Diagram 6-18 Figure 6-14 AD-4C-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 6-18 Figure 6-15 AD-1B-xx.x Faceplate 6-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 31 40-MUX-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 7-47 Figure 7-27 40-WSS-C Faceplate 7-51 Figure 7-28 40-WSS-C Block Diagram 7-52 Figure 7-29 40-WSS-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 7-53 Figure 7-30 40-WSS-CE Faceplate 7-58 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxi 78-18343-02...
  • Page 32 GE_XP and 10GE_XP Layer 2 Over DWDM Provisioning > Protection Tab 8-67 Figure 8-27 ADM-10G Card Faceplate and Block Diagram 8-70 Figure 8-28 ADM-10G Card Port Capacities 8-71 Figure 8-29 Y-Cable Protection 8-77 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 33 Four-Degree Protected Line Termination Mesh Node Layout 9-40 Figure 9-32 Local Add/Drop Management Using Two Network Elements 9-41 Figure 9-33 Fibering OSC Terminations—Hub Node with OSCM Cards 9-43 Figure 9-34 Fibering a Hub Node 9-45 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxiii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 34 Nodes Using OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E Cards 10-21 Figure 10-15 Nodes Using OSC-CSM Cards 10-23 Figure 10-16 Nodes Using OPT-BST-L Cards 10-24 Figure 10-17 Nodes Using OPT-AMP Cards 10-26 Figure 10-18 Fiber Cut With DCN Extension 10-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxiv 78-18343-02...
  • Page 35 Scenario 7: ONS 15454 Proxy Server with GNE and ENEs on the Same Subnet (ANSI and ETSI) 15-14 Figure 15-11 Scenario 7: ONS 15454 Proxy Server with GNE and ENEs on Different Subnets (ANSI and ETSI) 15-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxv 78-18343-02...
  • Page 36 17-4 Figure 17-3 ONS 15454 ANSI Node PM Read Points on OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards 17-18 Figure 17-4 ONS 15454 ETSI Node PM Read Points on OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards 17-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxvi 78-18343-02...
  • Page 37 Figure 18-1 Basic Network Managed by SNMP 18-2 Figure 18-2 Example of the Primary SNMP Components 18-3 Figure 18-3 Agent Gathering Data from a MIB and Sending Traps to the Manager 18-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxvii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 38 Figures Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxviii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 39 Table 2-11 MS-ISC-100T Card Port Assignments 2-16 Table 2-12 MS-ISC-100T Card-Level Indicators 2-18 Table 2-13 Alarm Interface Pinouts on the MIC-A/P DB-62 Connector 2-20 Table 3-1 OSCM, OSC-CSM, and MMU Card Summary Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxix 78-18343-02...
  • Page 40 32MUX-O Port Calibration 5-16 Table 5-10 32MUX-O Card-Level Indicators 5-16 Table 5-11 32DMX-O Port Calibration 5-19 Table 5-12 32DMX-O Card-Level Indicators 5-20 Table 5-13 4MD-xx.x Channel Sets 5-23 Table 5-14 4MD-xx.x Port Calibration 5-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 41 6-26 Table 7-1 ROADM Card Summary Table 7-2 Software Release Compatibility for ROADM Cards Table 7-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned to Input Power Classes Table 7-4 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Table 7-5 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Table 7-6...
  • Page 42 Table 8-7 TXP_MR_10E _C and TXP_MR_10E_L Card-Level Indicators 8-19 Table 8-8 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Port-Level Indicators 8-19 Table 8-9 2R and 3R Mode and ITU-T G.709 Compliance by Client Interface 8-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xlii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 43 Multishelf ROADM Layout Example 9-26 Table 9-3 Multishelf Protected ROADM Layout Example 9-26 Table 9-4 Multishelf Four-Degree Mesh Node Layout Example 9-26 Table 9-5 Multishelf Four-Degree Protected Mesh Node Layout Example 9-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xliii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 44 Table 13-5 Shared Secret Character Groups 13-10 Table 14-1 SSM Generation 1 Message Set 14-3 Table 14-2 SSM Generation 2 Message Set 14-4 Table 15-1 General ONS 15454 IP Troubleshooting Checklist 15-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xliv 78-18343-02...
  • Page 45 Table 17-13 FEC OTN Trunk-Side PMs 17-13 Table 17-14 ONS 15454 Optics and 8b10b PMs 17-13 Table 17-15 E-Series Ethernet Statistics Parameters 17-14 Table 17-16 Ethernet History Statistics per Time Interval 17-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 46 Table A-7 32DMX Channel Plan A-22 Table A-8 32DMX -L Optical Specifications A-23 Table A-9 32DMX-L Channel Plan A-24 Table A-10 32WSS Optical Specifications A-25 Table A-11 32WSS Channel Plan A-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xlvi 78-18343-02...
  • Page 47 TXP_MR_10E _C Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications A-74 Table A-44 TXP_MR_10E_L Card Trunk Wavelengths A-76 Table A-45 TXP_MR_10E Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications A-77 Table A-46 GE_XP Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications A-80 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xlvii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 48 ONS 15454 OSC Port Service State Transitions B-10 Table B-8 ONS 15454 OCHNC Service State Transitions B-12 Table B-9 ONS 15454 Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions B-14 Table B-10 ONS 15454 Transponder/Muxponder Port Service State Transitions B-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 xlviii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 49: Chapter 8 Transponder And Muxponder Card,

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 50 TXP_MR_10E_L cards in Chapter 8, Transponder and Muxponder Cards. Updated cabling details for ONS-SE-ZE-EL SFP in Chapter 8. Updated the “Computer Requirements for CTC” table in Chapter 12, Cisco Transport Controller Operation. Updated note in Table 8-40 in Chapter 8, Transponder and Muxponder Cards.
  • Page 51 Deleted the note in the ONS 15454 ANSI Power and Ground section in Chapter 1, Shelf Assembly Hardware. Added information about troubleshooting the power monitoring levels of the WXC card in section 7.12.3 40-WXC-C Power Monitoring of Chapter 7, Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 52 Added details on how the throughput of the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards is affected in Chapter 8, Transponder and Muxponder Cards. September 2009 Added a new section titled “Management of Non-LAN Connected Multishelf Node” in Chapter 15, Management Network Connectivity. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 53 Updated the table "2R and 3R Mode and ITU-T G.709 Compliance by • Client Interface" in chapter, Transponder and Muxponder Cards. Updated the table “Card View Tabs and Subtabs” in Chapter, Cisco • Transport Controller Operation. Updated the section “Layer 2 Over DWDM Protection” in the chapter •...
  • Page 54 Definitions” section. Replaced G.975.1 with G.975.1 I.7 and added a note in the chapter, • “Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. Created a “Summary Pane” section in the chapter, “Cisco Transport • Controller Operation”. October 2011 Removed the Temperature table and updated the Temperature section with •...
  • Page 55 This document provides background and reference material for Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division (DWDM) systems. Audience To use this publication, you should be familiar with Cisco or equivalent optical transmission hardware and cabling, telecommunications hardware and cabling, electronic circuitry and wiring practices, and preferably have experience as a telecommunications technician.
  • Page 56 Controller (CTC) computers and ONS 15454 nodes, and communication among networked ONS 15454 nodes. The chapter shows common Cisco ONS 15454 IP network configurations and includes detailed data communications network (DCN) case studies. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 57 (OCHNCs), and transponder/muxponder cards and ports. Related Documentation Use the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual in conjunction with the following referenced publications: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide, Release 8.5 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide, Release 8.5 •...
  • Page 58 Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the document. Means reader be careful. In this situation, the user might do something that could result in equipment Caution damage or loss of data. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 lviii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 59 üblichen Verfahren zur Vorbeugung vor Unfällen vertraut. Suchen Sie mit der am Ende jeder Warnung angegebenen Anweisungsnummer nach der jeweiligen Übersetzung in den übersetzten Sicherheitshinweisen, die zusammen mit diesem Gerät ausgeliefert wurden. BEWAHREN SIE DIESE HINWEISE GUT AUF. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 60 Använd det nummer som finns i slutet av varje varning för att hitta dess översättning i de översatta säkerhetsvarningar som medföljer denna anordning. SPARA DESSA ANVISNINGAR Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 61 Preface Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 62 Brug erklæringsnummeret efter hver advarsel for at finde oversættelsen i de oversatte advarsler, der fulgte med denne enhed. GEM DISSE ANVISNINGER Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 lxii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 63 Preface Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 lxiii 78-18343-02...
  • Page 64 Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical documentation, at: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html...
  • Page 65 C H A P T E R Shelf Assembly Hardware This chapter provides a description of Cisco ONS 15454 hardware for the ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. For card descriptions, see Chapter 2, “Common Control Cards,” Chapter 3, “Optical Service Channel Cards,”...
  • Page 66: Chapter 1 Shelf Assembly Hardware

    1.1 Overview This section provides an introduction to the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI and the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI. Install the ONS 15454 in compliance with your local and national electrical codes: United States: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70; United States National Electrical •...
  • Page 67: Ons 15454 Ansi Rack Installation

    Industries Alliance (EIA) standard and Telcordia-standard racks. The shelf assembly is a total of 17 inches (431.8 mm) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.
  • Page 68: Reversible Mounting Bracket

    The shelf assembly comes preset for installation in a 23-inch (584.2 mm) rack, but you can reverse the mounting bracket to fit the smaller 19-inch (482.6 mm) rack. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 69: Mounting A Single Node

    (2.133-m) rack. If you are not using the external (bottom) brackets, you can install four shelf assemblies in a rack. The advantage of using the bottom brackets is that you can replace the filter without removing the fan tray. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 70: Ons 15454 Ansi Bay Assembly

    It mounts in ETSI-standard racks. The shelf assembly is a total of 435 mm (17.35 inches) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.
  • Page 71: Mounting A Single Node

    A shelf assembly should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack. Figure 1-4 shows the rack mounting position for the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 72: Mounting Multiple Nodes

    Most standard (Telcordia GR-63-CORE, 23-inch [584.2 mm]) seven-foot (2,133 mm) racks can hold three ONS 15454 ETSI shelves, two air ramps, and a fuse and alarm panel. Figure 1-5 shows a three-shelf ONS 15454 ETSI bay assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 73: Figure 1-5 Three-Shelf Ons 15454 Etsi Bay Assembly

    (86.6 in.) high or higher Air Ramp ETSIs (SDH) Air Ramp 1.4 FlexLayer and Y-Cable Protection The Cisco ONS 15454 FlexLayer DWDM system includes the following components: Two-channel add or drop flex module • FlexLayer shelf assembly • Y-cable FlexLayer module •...
  • Page 74: Table 1-1 Ons 15454 100-Ghz Channel Plan

    48.5 193.6 1548.51 50.1 193.4 1550.12 15216-FLB-2-50.9= 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 15216-FLB-2-52.5= 52.5 193.1 1552.52 54.1 192.9 1554.13 15216-FLB-2-54.9= 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 15216-FLB-2-56.5= 56.5 192.6 1556.55 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 75 WDM composite signal coming from the ADD-COM-RX port. The multiplexed WDM composite signal is sent to the ADD-COM-TX port. A two-percent tap coupler, ADD-MON, is used to monitor the multiplexed WDM composite signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 76: Figure 1-7 Ons 15454 Two-Channel Optical Add/Drop Flexlayer Module

    The COM-TX is mapped to Port 1, the COM-RX is mapped to Port 12, and the added channels are mapped to the two RX Ports 9 and 10. The two-percent tap MON port is mapped to Port 7. Port 6 is not active. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 77: Single Y-Cable Protection Module

    (CS-MM-Y) and one for single-mode applications (CS-SM-Y). Using one Y-cable protection module, you can protect one client signal with two TXP cards, and two client signals with four TXP cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 78: Figure 1-10 Typical Y-Cable Protection Module Configuration

    SPL-TXn ports. This module, although designed to pass wavelengths associated with the ONS 15454 32-channel plan, is not selective to specific wavelengths (modules do not filter wavelengths). Figure 1-11 shows the block diagram of the Y-cable protection module. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 79: Figure 1-11 1:2 Splitter And 2:1 Coupler (Y-Cable Protection) Module Block Diagram

    ONS 15454 Y-Cable Protection FlexLayer Module. This module has two versions, one for single-mode applications and the other for multimode applications. Figure 1-12 ONS 15454 Y-Cable Protection FlexLayer Module (Single-Mode) Front Panel CS-SM-Y Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 80: Figure 1-13 Ons 15454 Y-Cable Protection Flexlayer Module (Multimode)

    Protection A mapping. It shows how the module splits a single receive input from the equipment into two DWDM output signals (working and protect) to the TXP client port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 81: Table 1-3 Protection A (Txp Cards 1 And 2) Port Mapping: Splitter To Dwdm

    Client RX on the TXP 4 port The following muxponder (MXP) and transponder (TXP) cards can use Y-cable protection: MXP_2.5_10G • MXP_2.5_10E • MXP_MR_2.5G • TXP_MR_10G • TXP_MR_10E • TXP_MR_2.5G • MXP_MR_10DME_C • • MXP_MR_10DME_L Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 82: Multiple Y-Cable Module Tray

    The ports on these Y-cable modules are labelled according to their intended signal type (Client TX/RX, TXP Working TX/RX, TXP Protect TX/RX). You can use the port label on the front of the tray to identify the ports on each module (Figure 1-16). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 83: Figure 1-16 Y-Cable Protection Port Label

    2 RU: Y-cable patch panel, 64-channel patch panel, 80-channel patch panel, and mesh patch – panel (4 or 8 degree) Figure 1-17 for a typical rack layout. Use the rack layout generated by Cisco TransportPlanner to determine your exact shelf layout. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 84 If you are installing a patch-panel or fiber-storage tray below the ONS 15454 shelf, you must install the air ramp between the shelf and patch-panel tray/fiber-management tray, or leave one rack unit (RU) space open. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 85: Front Door

    The ONS 15454 ANSI ships with a standard door but can also accommodate a deep door and extended fiber clips (15454-DOOR-KIT) to provide additional room for cabling (Figure 1-19). The ONS 15454 ETSI does not support the deep door. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 86: Figure 1-19 Cisco Ons 15454 Ansi Deep Door

    You can remove the front door to provide unrestricted access to the front of the shelf assembly. To mount the air ramp on an ONS 15454 ANSI with a deep door, mounting brackets (Cisco P/N Note 700-25319-01 for 19"...
  • Page 87: Figure 1-20 Ons 15454 Ansi Front Door Ground Strap

    1.6 Front Door Before you remove the ONS 15454 front door, you must remove the ground strap of the front door (Figure 1-20). Figure 1-20 ONS 15454 ANSI Front Door Ground Strap Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 88: Figure 1-21 Removing The Ons 15454 Ansi Front Door

    ONS 15454 ANSI front door. Figure 1-21 Removing the ONS 15454 ANSI Front Door F A N F A IL M IN Translucent circles for LED viewing Door hinge Assembly hinge pin Assembly hinge Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 89: Figure 1-22 Removing The Ons 15454 Etsi Front Door

    An erasable label is pasted on the inside of the front door. You can use the label to record slot assignments, port assignments, card types, node ID, rack ID, and serial number for the ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-25...
  • Page 90: Figure 1-23 Ons 15454 Ansi Front-Door Erasable Label

    Chapter 1 Shelf Assembly Hardware 1.6 Front Door Figure 1-23 shows the erasable label on the ONS 15454 ANSI shelf. Figure 1-23 ONS 15454 ANSI Front-Door Erasable Label Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 91 The front door label also includes the Class I and Class 1M laser warning. Figure 1-25 shows the ONS 15454 ANSI laser warning. Figure 1-25 Laser Warning on the ONS 15454 ANSI Front-Door Label Figure 1-26 shows the ONS 15454 ETSI laser warning. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-27 78-18343-02...
  • Page 92: Figure 1-26 Laser Warning On The Ons 15454 Etsi Front-Door Label

    If a backplane does not have an electrical interface assembly (EIA) panel installed, it should have two sheet metal backplane covers (one on each side of the backplane). See Figure 1-27. Each cover is held in place with nine 6-32 x 3/8 inch Phillips screws. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 93: Lower Backplane Cover

    Remove the lower backplane cover to access the alarm interface panel (AIP), alarm pin fields, frame ground, and power terminals (Figure 1-28). Figure 1-28 Removing the Lower Backplane Cover Retaining screws Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-29 78-18343-02...
  • Page 94: Figure 1-29 Backplane Attachment For Cover

    Backplane Attachment for Cover Screw locations for attaching the rear cover You can also install the optional spacers if more space is needed between the cables and rear cover (Figure 1-30). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 95: Alarm Interface Panel

    (MAC address). The MAC address identifies the nodes that support circuits. It allows Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) to determine circuit sources, destinations, and spans. The TCC2/TCC2P cards in the ONS 15454 ANSI also use the MAC address to store the node database.
  • Page 96: Ons 15454 Etsi Front Mount Electrical Connection

    If you install an AEP, you cannot use the alarm contacts on the wire-wrap pins. For more information about the AIC-I, Chapter 2, “Common Control Cards.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-32 78-18343-02...
  • Page 97: Figure 1-31 Aep Printed Circuit Board Assembly

    60 VDC, and a maximum current of 100 mA. See the “16.6 External Alarms and Controls” section on page 16-13 for further information. Figure 1-33 shows the wire-wrapping connections on the shelf backplane used to connect to the AEP. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-33 78-18343-02...
  • Page 98 Backplane Pin AIC-I Signal AEP Signal Black AEP_GND White AE_+5 AEP_+5 Slate VBAT– VBAT– Violet Blue AE_CLK_P AE_CLK_P Green AE_CLK_N AE_CLK_N Yellow AE_DIN_P AE_DOUT_P Orange AE_DIN_N AE_DOUT_N AE_DOUT_P AE_DIN_P Brown AE_DOUT_N AE_DIN_N Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-34 78-18343-02...
  • Page 99: Figure 1-34 Alarm Input Circuit Diagram

    AMP Champ Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number Signal Name ALARM_IN_1– ALARM_IN_2– ALARM_IN_3– ALARM_IN_4– ALARM_IN_5– ALARM_IN_6– ALARM_IN_7– ALARM_IN_8– ALARM_IN_9– ALARM_IN_10– ALARM_IN_11– ALARM_IN_12– ALARM_IN_13– ALARM_IN_14– ALARM_IN_15– ALARM_IN_16– ALARM_IN_17– ALARM_IN_18– ALARM_IN_19– ALARM_IN_20– ALARM_IN_21– ALARM_IN_22– Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-35 78-18343-02...
  • Page 100: Figure 1-35 Alarm Output Circuit Diagram

    Table 1-8 Pin Association for Alarm Output Pins AMP Champ AMP Champ Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number Signal Name — COM_0 COM_1 — NO_1 NO_2 — COM_2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-36 78-18343-02...
  • Page 101: Ethernet Adapter Panel

    EAP. Ports 0 and 1 on the MS-ISC-100T card are the DCN ports; Ports 2 through 7 are the SSC ports. A cross-over (CAT-5) LAN cable is used to connect the DCN port on the EAP to the front panel of the TCC2/TCC2P cards in the subtending shelves. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-37 78-18343-02...
  • Page 102: Figure 1-36 Connecting The Eap To The Node Controller And Subtending Shelf

    DCN2 SSC1 SSC1 SSC2 SSC2 SSC3 SSC3 SSC4 SSC4 SSC5 SSC5 SSC6 SSC6 SSC7 SSC7 RJ-45 RJ-45 TCC2/ TCC2/ MS-ISC TCC2P TCC2P MS-ISC Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 11 Slot 12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-38 78-18343-02...
  • Page 103: Figure 1-37 Eap Cable

    1.11 Filler Card The filler card is designed to occupy empty multiservice and AIC-I slots in the Cisco ONS 15454 (Slots 1 to 6, 9, and 12 to17). The filler card cannot operate in the cross-connect (XC) slots (Slots 8 and 10) or TCC2/TCC2P slots (Slots 7 and 11).
  • Page 104: Figure 1-38 Filler Card Faceplate

    1-41) Plastic horseshoe-shaped fiber guides at each side opening of the cable-routing channel that ensure • that the proper bend radius is maintained in the fibers (Figure 1-40 on page 1-42) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-40 78-18343-02...
  • Page 105: Figure 1-39 Managing Cables On The Front Panel

    The maximum capacity of the fiber routing channel depends on the size of the fiber jumpers. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-41 78-18343-02...
  • Page 106: Figure 1-40 Fiber Capacity

    ETSI Fiber Channel Capacity (One Side of the Shelf) Maximum Number of Fibers Exiting Each Side Fiber Diameter No Ethernet Cables One Ethernet Cable Two Ethernet Cables 0.6 inch (1.6 mm) 0.7 inch (2 mm) 0.11 inch (3 mm) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-42 78-18343-02...
  • Page 107: Fiber Management Using The Patch-Panel Trays

    19- and 23-inch (482.6-mm and 584.2-mm) ANSI racks and 600 mm (23.6 inch) x 300 mm (11.8 inch) ETSI racks, using reversible brackets. Figure 1-41 shows a partially fibered standard patch-panel tray. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-43 78-18343-02...
  • Page 108: Figure 1-42 Deep Patch-Panel Tray

    Figure 1-42 Deep Patch-Panel Tray LC-LC cables MPO-LC Cables Figure 1-43 shows the label on the patch panel that identifies the wavelength for each port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-44 78-18343-02...
  • Page 109: Figure 1-43 Patch-Panel Port Wavelengths

    The module fits 19- and 23-inch (482.6-mm and 584.2-mm) ANSI racks and 600 mm (23.6 inch) x 300 mm (11.8 inch) ETSI racks, using reversible brackets. Figure 1-44 shows a 40-channel patch-panel tray. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-45 78-18343-02...
  • Page 110: Figure 1-44 40-Channel Patch-Panel Tray, Side View

    8-degree patch-panel tray can host up to 8 MPO-MPO and 8 LC-LC cables. The module fits 19- and 23-inch (482.6-mm and 584.2-mm) ANSI racks and 600 mm (23.6 inch) x 300 mm (11.8 inch) ETSI racks, using reversible brackets. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-46 78-18343-02...
  • Page 111: Figure 1-46 Four-Degree Patch-Panel Tray

    The optional Y-cable module tray manages the connections between TXP cards by splitting patchcords into single connections. The patch-panel tray consists of a metal shelf, a pull-out drawer, and up to eight Y-cable modules. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-47 78-18343-02...
  • Page 112: Figure 1-48 Y-Cable Module Tray

    (e.g. standby transponder), according to local site practice. 1.12.4 Fiber Management Using the Fiber-Storage Tray Cisco recommends installing at least one fiber-storage tray in multinode racks to facilitate fiber-optic cable management for DWDM applications. This tray is usually used to store slack cable from cables installed between cards within a single node.
  • Page 113: Fiber Management Using The Optional Ansi Tie-Down Bar

    Figure 1-50 shows the tie-down bar, the ONS 15454 ANSI, and the rack. Figure 1-50 Tie-Down Bar on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Shelf Assembly Tie-down bar Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-49...
  • Page 114: Fan-Tray Assembly

    Refer to the “Maintain the Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide to clean and replace the fan-tray assembly.
  • Page 115: Fan Tray Units For Ons 15454 Cards

    ONS 15454 cards in Release 8.5: Table 1-12 Fan Tray Units for ONS 15454 Cards 15454E-FTA-48V (ETSI shelf) 15454E-CC-FTA (ETSI shelf)/ ONS 15454 Cards /15454-FTA3-T(ANSI shelf) 15454-CC-FTA (ANSI shelf) TCC2/TCC2P AIC-I MS-ISC-100T MIC-A/P MIC-C/T/P OSCM OSC-CSM Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-51 78-18343-02...
  • Page 116: Table 1-12 Fan Tray Units For Ons 15454 Cards

    OPT-BST-L OPT-AMP-L OPT-AMP-17-C OPT-AMP-C 32MUX-O 32DMX-O 4MD-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x AD-2C-xx.x AD-4C-xx.x AD-1B-xx.x AD-4B-xx.x 32-WSS 32-DMX 32-WSS-L 32-DMX-L 40-DMX-C 40-DMX-CE 40-MUX-C 40-WSS-C 40-WSS-CE 40-WXC-C TXP_MR_10G TXP_MR_2.5G TXPP_MR_2.5G MXP_2.5G_10G TXP_MR_10E MXP_2.5G_10E MXP_MR_2.5G MXPP_MR_2.5G TXP_MR_10E_C Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-52 78-18343-02...
  • Page 117: Fan Speed

    Replace the air filter every two to three years. Avoid cleaning the air filter with harsh cleaning agents or solvents. Earlier versions of the ONS 15454 ANSI shelf used a disposable air filter that is installed beneath the fan-tray assembly only. However, the reusable air filter is backward compatible. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-53 78-18343-02...
  • Page 118: Power And Ground Description

    Ground the equipment according to Telcordia standards or local practices. The following sections describe power and ground for the ONS 15454 shelves. 1.14.1 ONS 15454 ANSI Power and Ground Cisco recommends the following wiring conventions, but customer conventions prevail: Red wire for battery connections (–48 VDC). •...
  • Page 119: Ons 15454 Ansi Alarm, Timing, Lan, And Craft Pin Connections

    Figure 1-54 on page 1-57, but you must use the pin assignments provided by the AIC-I card as shown in Figure 1-53 on page 1-56. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-55 78-18343-02...
  • Page 120: Figure 1-53 Cisco Ons 15454 Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 Or Later)

    Chapter 1 Shelf Assembly Hardware 1.15 ONS 15454 ANSI Alarm, Timing, LAN, and Craft Pin Connections Figure 1-53 Cisco ONS 15454 Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 or Later) BITS ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS MODEM CRAFT LOCAL ALARMS IN/OUT FG10 FG11 FG12 Field Function...
  • Page 121: Figure 1-54 Ons 15454 Ansi Backplane Pinouts

    ENVIR ALARMS. Alarm contacts are Normally Open (N/O), meaning that the system closes the alarm contacts when the corresponding alarm conditions are present. Each alarm contact consists of Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-57 78-18343-02...
  • Page 122: Timing Connections

    Before you can connect an ONS 15454 ANSI to other ONS 15454 ANSI shelves or to a LAN, you must change the default IP address that is shipped with each ONS 15454 ANSI (192.1.0.2). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-58...
  • Page 123: Tl1 Craft Interface Installation

    Connecting to data terminal equipment (DTE) (a PC/workstation or router) 1. The Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI is DCE. 1.15.4 TL1 Craft Interface Installation You can use the craft pins on the ONS 15454 ANSI backplane or the EIA/TIA-232 port on the TCC2/TCC2P faceplate to create a VT100 emulation window to serve as a TL1 craft interface to the ONS 15454 ANSI.
  • Page 124: Figure 1-55 Installing Cards In The Ons 15454 Ansi

    Chapter 1 Shelf Assembly Hardware 1.16 Cards and Slots Figure 1-55 Installing Cards in the ONS 15454 ANSI F A N F A IL M IN Guide rail Ejector Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-60 78-18343-02...
  • Page 125: Card Slot Requirements

    Shelf assembly slots have symbols indicating the type of cards that you can install in them. Each ONS 15454 card has a corresponding symbol. The symbol on the card must match the symbol on the slot. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 1-61...
  • Page 126: Card Replacement

    To replace a card with a card of a different type, physically remove the card and replace it with the new card, then delete the original card from CTC. For specifics, refer to the “Maintain the Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 127: Card Overview

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 128: Chapter 2 Common Control Card

    The LAN interface of the TCC2 card meets the standard Ethernet specifications by supporting a cable Note length of 328 ft (100 m) at temperatures from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). Figure 2-1 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 129: Tcc2 Functionality

    Backplane Port Will Supercede Faceplate Port 2.2.1 TCC2 Functionality The TCC2 card terminates up to 32 DCCs. The TCC2 hardware is prepared for up to 84 DCCs, which will be available in a future software release. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 130: Table 2-1 Tcc2 Card-Level Indicators

    2.2.2 Redundant TCC2 Card Installation Cisco does not support operation of the ONS 15454 with only one TCC2 card. For full functionality and to safeguard your system, always operate with two TCC2 cards. When a second TCC2 card is inserted into a node, it synchronizes its software, its backup software, and its database with the active TCC2.
  • Page 131: Network-Level Indicators

    The LED is red when the voltage on supply inputs is above extremely high battery voltage or below extremely low battery voltage thresholds. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 132: Tcc2P Card

    The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft (10 m) maximum at temperatures from –40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to 0 degrees Celsius). Figure 2-2 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2P card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 133 Ethernet Port Craft Interface Backplane Faceplate EIA/TIA 232 Port EIA/TIA 232 Port (Shared with Mate TCC2) Note: Only 1 EIA/TIA 232 Port Can Be Active - Backplane Port Will Supercede Faceplate Port Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 134: Tcc2P Functionality

    2.3.2 Redundant TCC2P Card Installation Cisco does not support operation of the ONS 15454 with only one TCC2P card. For full functionality and to safeguard your system, always operate with two TCC2P cards.
  • Page 135: Table 2-4 Tcc2P Card-Level Indicators

    After pressing the ACO button, the ACO LED turns green. The ACO button opens the audible alarm closure on the backplane. ACO is stopped if a new alarm occurs. After the originating alarm is cleared, the ACO LED and audible alarm control are reset. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 136: Power-Level Indicators

    AIC-I card can support up to 32 inputs and 16 outputs, which are connected on the AEP connectors. The AEP is compatible with ANSI shelves only. A power monitoring function monitors the supply voltage (–48 VDC). Figure 2-3 shows the AIC-I faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 137: Table 2-7 Aic-I Card-Level Indicators

    Indicates that the card’s processor is not ready. The FAIL LED is on during reset and flashes during the boot process. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. Green ACT LED Indicates the AIC-I card is provisioned for operation. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 138: External Alarms And Controls

    For example, if the trigger is set to Minor, a Minor alarm or above is the trigger. Remote NE alarm severity: Same as the local NE alarm severity but applies to remote alarms only. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 139: Orderwire

    SONET/SDH ring or particular optics facility. Express orderwire also allows communication via regeneration sites when the regenerator is not a Cisco device. You can provision orderwire functions with CTC similar to the current provisioning model for DCC/GCC channels.
  • Page 140: Figure 2-4 Rj-11 Connector

    ONS 15454 network. Each AIC-I card provides two user data channels, UDC-A and UDC-B, through separate RJ-11 connectors on the front of the AIC-I card. Each UDC can be routed to an individual optical interface in the ONS 15454. For instructions, see the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 141: Data Communications Channel

    ONS 15454 network. Each AIC-I card provides two data communications channels, DCC-A and DCC-B, through separate RJ-45 connectors on the front of the AIC-I card. Each DCC can be routed to an individual optical interface in the ONS 15454. For instructions, see the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 142: Table 2-11 Ms-Isc-100T Card Port Assignments

    Connection to TCC2/TCC2P using a cross-over cable Connection to the PRT port of the redundant MS-ISC-100T Figure 2-5 shows the card faceplate. Caution Shielded twisted-pair cabling should be used for interbuilding applications. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 143: Ms-Isc-100T Card-Level Indicators

    2.5.1 MS-ISC-100T Card-Level Indicators Figure 2-5 MS-ISC-100T Faceplate MS ISC 100T FAIL CONSOLE 2.5.1 MS-ISC-100T Card-Level Indicators The MS-ISC-100T card supports two card-level LED indicators. The card-level indicators are described Table 2-12. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 144: Table 2-12 Ms-Isc-100T Card-Level Indicators

    Storage of manufacturing and inventory data For proper system operation, both the MIC-A/P and MIC-C/T/P FMECs must be installed in the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Figure 2-6 shows the MIC-A/P faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 145: Figure 2-6 Mic-A/P Faceplate

    Figure 2-7 MIC-A/P Block Diagram Power Connector 16 Alarm inputs 4 Alarm in/outputs Alarms DB62 Connector Inventory Data (EEPROM) Table 2-13 shows the alarm interface pinouts on the MIC-A/P DB-62 connector. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 146: Table 2-13 Alarm Interface Pinouts On The Mic-A/P Db-62 Connector

    External customer alarm 10 EXALM9 P External customer alarm 10 EXALM10 N External customer alarm 11 EXALM10 P External customer alarm 11 EXALM11 N External customer alarm 12 EXALM11 P External customer alarm 12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 147: Mic-C/T/P Fmec

    It also provides connection for system management serial port, system management LAN port, modem port (for future use), and system timing inputs and outputs. Install the MIC-C/T/P in Slot 24. The MIC-C/T/P FMEC has the following features: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 148: Figure 2-8 Mic-C/T/P Faceplate

    TERM LINK CAUTION TIGHTEN THE FACEPLATE TIGHTEN THE FACEPLATE SCREWS WITH 1.0 NM TORQUE SCREWS WITH 1.0 NM TORQUE BATTERY A 271306 Figure 2-9 shows a block diagram of the MIC-C/T/P. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 149 The MIC-C/T/P FMEC has one pair of LEDs located on the RJ45 LAN connector. The green LED is on when a link is present, and the amber LED is on when data is being transferred. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-23...
  • Page 150 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.6.2 MIC-C/T/P FMEC Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 2-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 151: Card Overview

    The channel transports OSC overhead that is used to manage ONS 15454 DWDM networks. An OSC signal uses the 1510-nm wavelength and does not affect client traffic. The primary purpose of this channel is to carry clock synchronization and orderwire channel communications for the DWDM network.
  • Page 152: Figure 3-1 Class 1 Laser Product Label

    Exposure to the beam of a Class 1 laser will not result in eye injury and may therefore be considered safe. However, some Class 1 laser products may contain laser systems of a higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 153: Figure 3-2 Hazard Level Label

    This label indicates that a laser source is present at the optical connector where the label has been placed. 3.2.4 FDA Statement Label The FDA Statement label is shown in Figure 3-4. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 154: Figure 3-4 Fda Statement Label

    OSC terminations are present, one for the west side and another for the east side. The channel transports OSC overhead that is used to manage ONS 15454 DWDM networks. An OSC signal uses the 1510-nm wavelength and does not affect client traffic. The primary purpose of this channel is to carry clock synchronization and orderwire channel communications for the DWDM network.
  • Page 155 The OSCM distributes the reference clock information by removing it from the incoming OC-3/STM-1 signal and then sending it to the DWDM cards. The DWDM cards then forward the clock information to the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 156: Figure 3-6 Oscm Card Faceplate

    For information on safety labels for the card, see the “3.2 Class 1 Laser Safety Labels” section on page 3-2. Figure 3-7 shows the block diagram of the variable optical attenuator (VOA) within the OSCM. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 157: Figure 3-7 Oscm Voa Optical Module Functional Block Diagram

    OSC TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 3.3.2 OSCM Card-Level Indicators The OSCM card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 3-4.
  • Page 158: Oscm Port-Level Indicators

    Optical safety: Signal loss detection and alarming, fast transmitted power shut down by means of an • optical 1x1 switch Optical safety remote interlock (OSRI), a feature capable of shutting down the optical output power • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 159 Automatic laser shutdown (ALS), a safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut. For details on • ALS provisioning for the card, see the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For information on using the card to implement ALS in a network, see the “10.7 Network Optical Safety”...
  • Page 160: Figure 3-8 Osc-Csm Faceplate

    TCCs For information on safety labels for the card, see the “3.2 Class 1 Laser Safety Labels” section on page 3-2. Figure 3-9 shows a block diagram of the OSC-CSM card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 3-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 161 ASIC FPGA separator transceiver FE User Physical Processor Data Interface Channel Power supply DC/DC Input filters TOH & Cell Bus M P M P BAT A&B SCL Bus RxClkRef to TCCs Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 3-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 162: Power Monitoring

    P5: The returned value is calibrated to the LINE TX port, including the insertion loss of the subsequent filter. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 3-5. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 3-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 163: Table 3-6 Osc-Csm Card-Level Indicators

    LINE TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 3.4.2 OSC-CSM Card-Level Indicators The OSC-CSM card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 3-6.
  • Page 164 Chapter 3 Optical Service Channel Cards 3.4.3 OSC-CSM Port-Level Indicators Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 3-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 165: Card Overview

    This chapter describes the optical amplifier cards used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. For installation and card turn-up procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document.
  • Page 166: Table 4-1 Optical Amplifier Cards For The Ons 15454

    “4.7 OPT-AMP-L Card” five sets of optical ports located on the section on page 4-21. faceplate. It is a two-slot card that operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 167: Card Compatibility

    11 to 16 or as a booster amplifier when equipped and provisioned in Slot 1 and 17. 4.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 4-2 lists the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software compatibility for each optical amplifier card. Table 4-2 Software Release Compatibility for Optical Amplifier Cards Card Type R4.5...
  • Page 168: Figure 4-3 Laser Source Connector Label

    Laser Source Connector Label 4.2.4 FDA Statement Label Figure 4-4 shows the FDA Statement label. This label represents compliance to FDA standards and a hazard-level classification in accordance with IEC60825-1 Am.2 or Ed.1.2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 169: Figure 4-4 Fda Statement Label

    80 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing. The OPT-PRE features include: Fixed gain mode with programmable tilt • True variable gain • Fast transient suppression • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Settable maximum output power • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 170: Opt-Pre Faceplate Ports

    COM RX (receive) is the input signal port COM TX (transmit) is the output signal port • DC RX is the MAL input signal port • DC TX is the MAL output signal port • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 171: Figure 4-6 Opt-Pre Faceplate

    4.3.2 OPT-PRE Block Diagrams Figure 4-6 shows the OPT-PRE amplifier card faceplate. Figure 4-6 OPT-PRE Faceplate FAIL 4.3.2 OPT-PRE Block Diagrams Figure 4-7 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-PRE card’s features. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 172: Opt-Pre Power Monitoring

    OPT-PRE Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Input Com COM RX Output DC DC TX Input DC DC RX Output COM (Total Output) COM TX Output COM (Signal Output) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 173: Table 4-4 Opt-Pre Amplifier Card-Level Indicators

    4.3.4 OPT-PRE Amplifier Card-Level Indicators For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 4.3.4 OPT-PRE Amplifier Card-Level Indicators Table 4-4 shows the three card-level LED indicators on the OPT-PRE amplifier card.
  • Page 174: Opt-Bst Faceplate Ports

    Automatic laser shutdown (ALS), a safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut. For details on • ALS provisioning for the card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For information about using the card to implement ALS in a network, see the “10.7 Network Optical...
  • Page 175: Figure 4-9 Opt-Bst Faceplate

    4.4.2 OPT-BST Block Diagrams Figure 4-9 shows the OPT-BST amplifier card faceplate. Figure 4-9 OPT-BST Faceplate FAIL 4.4.2 OPT-BST Block Diagrams Figure 4-10 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-BST card’s features. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 176: Opt-Bst Power Monitoring

    Table 4-5 OPT-BST Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Input Com COM RX Output Line (Total Output) LINE TX Output Line (Signal Output) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 177: Table 4-6 Opt-Bst Card-Level Indicators

    LINE RX Output OSC For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 4.4.4 OPT-BST Card-Level Indicators Table 4-6 describes the three card-level LED indicators on the OPT-BST card.
  • Page 178: Opt-Bst-E Faceplate Ports

    LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 179: Figure 4-12 Opt-Bst-E Faceplate

    4.5.2 OPT-BST-E Block Diagrams Figure 4-12 shows the OPT-BST-E amplifier card faceplate. Figure 4-12 OPT-BST-E Faceplate BST-E FAIL 4.5.2 OPT-BST-E Block Diagrams Figure 4-13 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-BST-E card’s features. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 180: Opt-Bst-E Power Monitoring

    Table 4-7 OPT-BST-E Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Input Com COM RX Output Line (Total Output) LINE TX Output Line (Signal Output) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 181: Table 4-8 Opt-Bst-E Card-Level Indicators

    LINE RX Output OSC For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 4.5.4 OPT-BST-E Card-Level Indicators Table 4-8 describes the three card-level LED indicators on the OPT-BST-E amplifier card.
  • Page 182: Opt-Bst-L Faceplate Ports

    LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 183: Figure 4-15 Opt-Bst-L Faceplate

    4.6.2 OPT-BST-L Block Diagrams Figure 4-15 shows the OPT-BST-L card faceplate. Figure 4-15 OPT-BST-L Faceplate BST-L FAIL 4.6.2 OPT-BST-L Block Diagrams Figure 4-16 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-BST-L card’s features. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 184: Opt-Bst-L Power Monitoring

    Physical photodiodes P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 monitor the power for the OPT-BST-L card. Table 4-9 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. Table 4-9 OPT-BST-L Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Input COM COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 185: Table 4-10 Opt-Bst-L Card-Level Indicators

    LINE RX Output OSC-TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 4.6.4 OPT-BST-L Card-Level Indicators Table 4-10 shows the three card-level LEDs on the OPT-BST-L card.
  • Page 186: Opt-Amp-L Faceplate Ports

    (less than one second), and reduced maximum output power in safe power mode. For details on ALS provisioning for the card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For information on using the card to implement ALS in a network, see the “10.7 Network Optical...
  • Page 187: Figure 4-18 Opt-Amp-L Faceplate

    DC RX is the input signal from the DCU. • Figure 4-18 shows the OPT-AMP-L card faceplate. Figure 4-18 OPT-AMP-L Faceplate OPT-AMP-L FAIL 4.7.2 OPT-AMP-L Block Diagrams Figure 4-19 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-AMP-L card’s features. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 188 External Mid-Stage Loss OSC RX P2 P3 COM RX LINE TX MON TX Transmit Section Receive Section COM TX LINE RX Drop MON RX OSC TX Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 189: Table 4-11 Opt-Amp-L Port Calibration

    Input OSC Transmit Power For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 4.7.4 OPT-AMP-L Card-Level Indicators Table 4-12 shows the three card-level LEDs on the OPT-AMP-L card.
  • Page 190: Opt-Amp-17-C Card

    LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 191: Figure 4-21 Opt-Amp-17-C Faceplate

    Figure 4-21 shows the OPT-AMP-17-C amplifier card faceplate. Figure 4-21 OPT-AMP-17-C Faceplate -AMP 17-C FAIL 4.8.2 OPT-AMP-17-C Block Diagrams Figure 4-22 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-AMP-17C card’s features. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-27 78-18343-02...
  • Page 192: Figure 4-22 Opt-Amp17-C Block Diagram

    A transient gain range of 20 to 23 dB is available to APC in order to permit other amplifiers to reach their expected set points. However, operation in this range is not continuous. At startup, the OPT-AMP-17-C card caps the gain at a maximum of 20 dB. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 193: Table 4-14 Opt-Amp-17-C Card-Level Indicators

    LINE RX Output OSC-TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 4.8.5 OPT-AMP-17-C Card-Level Indicators Table 4-14 shows the three card-level LEDs on the OPT-AMP-17-C card.
  • Page 194: Opt-Amp-C Card

    The OPT-AMP-C amplifier card has 10 optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the output monitor port (receive section). MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 195: Figure 4-24 Opt-Amp-C Card Faceplate

    LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • LINE TX is the output signal port. • Figure 4-24 shows the OPT-AMP-C amplifier card faceplate. Figure 4-24 OPT-AMP-C Card Faceplate -AMP FAIL Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-31 78-18343-02...
  • Page 196: Figure 4-25 Opt-Amp-C Block Diagram

    OPT-AMP-C optical module functions. Figure 4-26 OPT-AMP-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram External Mid Stage Loss OSC-RX DC-TX DC-RX PD6 PD7 Transmitting COM-TX LINE-TX section MON-TX Receiving COM-TX LINE-RX drop section MON-RX OSC-TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-32 78-18343-02...
  • Page 197: Table 4-15 Opt-Amp-C Port Calibration

    Input DC Receive Power DC-RX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 4.9.4 OPT-AMP-C Card-Level Indicators Table 4-14 shows the three card-level LEDs on the OPT-AMP-C card.
  • Page 198 Chapter 4 Optical Amplifier Cards 4.9.5 OPT-AMP-C Card Port-Level Indicators Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 4-34 78-18343-02...
  • Page 199: Card Overview

    This chapter describes legacy multiplexer and demultiplexer cards used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. For installation and card turn-up procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document.
  • Page 200: Table 5-1 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, and MXP_2.5G_10E_L) with FEC enabled 10-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_10G) without FEC and 10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L), and ADM-10G cards with FEC disabled Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 201: C H A P T E R 5 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    –9 dBm –8 dBm Transmitted Power Range 10-Gbps multirate +2.5 to 3.5 dBm +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — — transponder/10-Gbps FEC transponder (TXP_MR_10G) OC-192 LR ITU — — +3.0 to 6.0 — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 202: Table 5-4 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance

    –2.0 to 0 dBm 1.0 dBm TXPP_MR_2.5G –4.5 to –2.5 dBm –4.5 to –2.5 dBm –4.5 to –2.5 dBm MXP_MR_2.5G — +2.0 to +4.0 dBm — MXPP_MR_2.5G — –1.5 to +0.5 dBm — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 203: Table 5-6 Dwdm Channel Allocation Plan (C Band)

    1. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. 5.1.4 Channel Allocation Plan ONS 15454 DWDM multiplexer and demultiplexer cards are designed for use with specific channels in the C band and L band. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (for example, 1 to 32 or 1 to 40) or delimited (odd or even).
  • Page 204: Table 5-7 Dwdm Channel Allocation Plan (L Band)

    IDs and wavelengths assigned to the L-band channels. Table 5-7 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan (L Band) Channel Frequency Wavelength Channel Frequency Wavelength Number (THz) (nm) Number (THz) (nm) 190.85 1570.83 188.85 1587.46 190.8 1571.24 188.8 1587.88 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 205 189.4 1582.85 187.4 1599.75 189.35 1583.27 187.35 1600.17 189.3 1583.69 187.3 1600.60 189.25 1584.11 187.25 1601.03 189.2 1584.53 187.2 1601.46 189.15 1584.95 187.15 1601.88 189.1 1585.36 187.1 1602.31 189.05 1585.78 187.05 1602.74 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 206: Figure 5-1 Class 1 Laser Product Label

    Anyone who dismantles a Class 1 laser product that contains a higher Class laser system is potentially at risk of exposure to a hazardous laser beam 5.2.1.2 Hazard Level 1 Label The Hazard Level 1 label is shown in Figure 5-2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 207: Figure 5-2 Hazard Level Label

    This label shows compliance to FDA standards and that the hazard level classification is in accordance with IEC60825-1 Am.2 or Ed.1.2. 5.2.1.5 Shock Hazard Label The Shock Hazard label is shown in Figure 5-5. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 208: Figure 5-5 Shock Hazard Label

    Therefore, only a small part of the whole laser beam can enter the eye. However, these laser products can be harmful to the eye if the beam is viewed using magnifying optical instruments. 5.2.2.2 Hazard Level 1M Label The Hazard Level 1M label is shown in Figure 5-7. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 209: Figure 5-7 Hazard Level Label

    This label shows compliance to FDA standards and that the hazard level classification is in accordance with IEC60825-1 Am.2 or Ed.1.2. 5.2.2.5 Shock Hazard Label The Shock Hazard label is shown in Figure 5-5. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 210: Figure 5-10 Shock Hazard Label

    Each single-channel port is monitored using a photodiode to enable automatic power regulation. • An additional optical monitoring port with 1:99 splitting ratio is available. Figure 5-11 shows the 32MUX-O faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 211: Figure 5-11 32Mux-O Faceplate

    FAIL For information on safety labels for the card, see the “5.2.1 Class 1 Laser Product Labels” section on page 5-8. Figure 5-12 shows a block diagram of the 32MUX-O card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 212: Figure 5-12 32Mux-O Block Diagram

    The 32MUX-O is typically used in hub nodes and provides the multiplexing of 32 channels, spaced at 100 GHz, into one fiber before their amplification and transmission along the line. The channel plan is shown in Table 5-8. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 213 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 1. The Channel Number column is only for reference purposes. The channel ID is consistent with the ONS 15454 and is used in card identification. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 214: Table 5-10 32Mux-O Card-Level Indicators

    COM TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 5.3.3 32MUX-O Card-Level Indicators The 32MUX-O card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 5-10.
  • Page 215 The 32DMX optical demultiplexer module is used in conjunction with the 32WSS card in ONS 15454 Multiservice Transport Platform (MSTP) nodes. Each single-channel port is monitored using a photodiode to enable automatic power regulation. • Figure 5-14 shows the 32DMX-O card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 216: Figure 5-14 32Dmx-O Faceplate

    FAIL For information on safety labels for the card, see the “5.2.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page 5-10. Figure 5-15 shows a block diagram of the 32DMX-O card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 217: Figure 5-15 32Dmx-O Block Diagram

    Table 5-11. Table 5-11 32DMX-O Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 DROP DROP TX INPUT COM COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 218: Table 5-12 32Dmx-O Card-Level Indicators

    5.4.2 32DMX-O Card-Level Indicators For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 5.4.2 32DMX-O Card-Level Indicators The 32DMX-O card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 5-12.
  • Page 219 FAIL For information on safety labels for the card, see the “5.2.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page 5-10. Figure 5-18 shows a block diagram of the 4MD-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 220: Figure 5-19 4Md-Xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram

    An internal control manages VOA settings and functionality as well as photodiode detection and alarm thresholds. The power at the main output Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 221: Wavelength Pairs

    COM RX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 5.5.3 4MD-xx.x Card-Level Indicators The 4MD-xx.x card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 5-15.
  • Page 222: Md-Xx.x Port-Level Indicators

    COM TX is the line output. The 15xx.x TX ports represent demultiplexed channel outputs 1 to 4. The 15xx.x RX ports represent multiplexed channel inputs 1 to 4. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 5-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 223: Table 6-1 Optical Add/Drop Cards

    This chapter describes optical add/drop cards used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. For installation and card turn-up procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document.
  • Page 224: Table 6-2 Software Release Compatibility For Optical Add/Drop Cards

    CTC software compatibility for each optical add/drop card. Table 6-2 Software Release Compatibility for Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 AD-1C-xx.x AD-2C-xx.x AD-4C-xx.x AD-1B-xx.x AD-4B-xx.x Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 225: Table 6-3 Ons 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned To Input Power Classes

    Power Limited Type Limited (if appl.) Limited (if appl.) Limited Limited (if appl.) Maximum bit rate 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps Regeneration Yes (E-FEC) Threshold Optimum Average Average Optimum Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 226: Table 6-4 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance

    Average Average –15 –12 –12 –12 –12 –12 Maximum BER OSNR sensitivity 14 dB 6 dB 14 dB 10 dB 15 dB 14 dB 11 dB 13 dB 8 dB 12 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 227: Dwdm Card Channel Allocation Plan

    6.1.4 DWDM Card Channel Allocation Plan ONS 15454 DWDM channel OADM and band OADM cards are designed for use with specific channels in the C band. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (for example, 1 to 32) or delimited (odd or even).
  • Page 228 194.50 1541.35 192.45 1557.77 194.45 1541.75 192.40 1558.173 194.40 1542.142 192.35 1558.578 194.35 1542.539 192.30 1558.983 194.30 1542.936 192.25 1559.389 194.25 1543.333 192.20 1559.794 194.20 1543.730 192.15 1560.200 194.15 1544.128 192.10 1560.606 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 229: Figure 6-1 Class 1M Laser Product Label

    6.2.2 Hazard Level 1M Label The Hazard Level 1M label is shown in Figure 6-2. Figure 6-2 Hazard Level Label HAZARD LEVEL 1M Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 230: Figure 6-3 Laser Source Connector Label

    This label shows compliance to FDA standards and that the hazard level classification is in accordance with IEC60825-1 Am.2 or Ed.1.2. 6.2.5 Shock Hazard Label The Shock Hazard label is shown in Figure 6-5. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 231: Figure 6-5 Shock Hazard Label

    100-GHz-spacing of the DWDM card system. Thirty-two versions of this card—each designed only for use with one wavelength—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. Each wavelength version of the card has a different part number. The AD-1C-xx.x can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17.
  • Page 232: Figure 6-6 Ad-1C-Xx.x Faceplate

    For information on safety labels for the card, see the “6.2 Class 1M Laser Product Safety Lasers” section on page 6-7. Figure 6-7 shows a block diagram of the AD-1C-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 233: Figure 6-7 Ad-1C-Xx.x Block Diagram

    AD-1C-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 6-7. Table 6-7 AD-1C-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port DROP RX DROP DROP TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 234: Table 6-7 Ad-1C-Xx.x Port Calibration

    Sixteen versions of this card—each designed for use with one pair of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. Each version of the card has a different part number.
  • Page 235: Figure 6-9 Ad-2C-Xx.x Faceplate

    AD-2C-xx.x faceplate. Figure 6-9 AD-2C-xx.x Faceplate AD-2C -X.XX FAIL For information on safety labels for the card, see the “6.2 Class 1M Laser Product Safety Lasers” section on page 6-7. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 236: Figure 6-10 Ad-2C-Xx.x Block Diagram

    The AD-2C-xx.x cards are provisioned for the wavelength pairs listed in Table 6-9. In this table, channel IDs are given rather than wavelengths. To compare channel IDs with the actual wavelengths they represent, see wavelengths in Table 6-6 on page 6-5. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 237: Power Monitoring

    COM TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 6.4.3 AD-2C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators The AD-2C-xx.x card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 6-11.
  • Page 238: Table 6-11 Ad-2C-Xx.x Card-Level Indicators

    Eight versions of this card—each designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. There are eight versions of this card with eight part numbers.
  • Page 239: Figure 6-12 Ad-4C-Xx.x Faceplate

    For information on safety labels for the card, see the “6.2 Class 1M Laser Product Safety Lasers” section on page 6-7. Figure 6-13 shows a block diagram of the AD-4C-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 240: Figure 6-13 Ad-4C-Xx.x Block Diagram

    Virtual photodiode Physical photodiode TX Channels RX Channels Variable optical attenuator 6.5.1 Wavelength Sets The AD-4C-xx.x cards are provisioned for the sets of four 100-GHz-spaced wavelengths shown Table 6-12 on page 6-19. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 241: Power Monitoring

    COM TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 6.5.3 AD-4C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators The AD-4C-xx.x card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 6-14.
  • Page 242: Table 6-14 Ad-4C-Xx.x Card-Level Indicators

    100-GHz-spaced channels. Eight versions of this card with eight different part numbers—each version designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions.
  • Page 243: Figure 6-15 Ad-1B-Xx.x Faceplate

    For information on safety labels for the card, see the “6.2 Class 1M Laser Product Safety Lasers” section on page 6-7. Figure 6-16 shows a block diagram of the AD-1B-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 244: Figure 6-16 Ad-1B-Xx.x Block Diagram

    AD-1B-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 6-15. Table 6-15 AD-1B-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port BAND RX DROP BAND TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 245: Ad-1B-Xx.x Card-Level Indicators

    100-GHz-spaced channels. Two versions of this card with different part numbers—each version designed for use with one set of bands—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions.
  • Page 246: Figure 6-18 Ad-4B-Xx.x Faceplate

    For information on safety labels for the card, see the “6.2 Class 1M Laser Product Safety Lasers” section on page 6-7. Figure 6-19 shows a block diagram of the AD-4B-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 247: Figure 6-19 Ad-4B-Xx.x Block Diagram

    Physical photodiodes P1 through P11 and virtual photodiode V1 monitor the power for the AD-4B-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 6-17. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 6-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 248: Table 6-17 Ad-4B-Xx.x Port Calibration

    COM TX For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 8.5. 6.7.2 AD-4B-xx.x Card-Level Indicators The AD-4B-xx.x card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 6-18.
  • Page 249 This chapter describes the Cisco ONS 15454 cards deployed in reconfigurable optical add/drop (ROADM) networks. For installation and card turn-up procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document.
  • Page 250: Table 7-1 Roadm Card Summary

    The 40-WSS-CE card has eight sets of ports See the “7.11 40-WSS-CE located on the faceplate. It operates in Card” section on page 7-56 Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 251: C H A P T E R 7 Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards

    It operates in Slots 1 to 6 section on page 7-69 and 12 to 17. 7.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 7-2 lists the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software compatibility for the ROADM cards. Table 7-2 Software Release Compatibility for ROADM Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6...
  • Page 252 Chapter 7 Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 7.1.3 Interface Classes Table 7-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned to Input Power Classes Input Power Class Card 10-Gbps multirate transponder cards (TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L) with forward error correction (FEC) enabled and 10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, and...
  • Page 253 2.5-Gbps cards that provide signal • input to the following multiplexer and demultiplexer cards: 32DMX • 32DMX-L • 32DMX-O • 32MUX-O1 • 40-DMX-C • 40-DMX-CE • 40-MUX-C • 40-WSS-C • 40-WSS-CE • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 254: Table 7-4 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance

    7.1.4 Channel Allocation Plans ONS 15454 DWDM ROADM cards are designed for use with specific channels in the C band and L band. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (for example, 1 to 32 or 1 to 40) or delimited (odd or even).
  • Page 255: Table 7-6 Dwdm C Band Channel Allocation Plan With 50-Ghz Spacing

    194.90 1538.186 192.85 1554.537 194.85 1538.581 192.80 1554.940 194.80 1538.976 192.75 1555.343 194.75 1539.371 192.70 1555.747 194.70 1539.766 192.65 1556.151 194.65 1540.162 192.60 1556.555 194.60 1540.557 192.55 1556.959 194.55 1540.953 192.50 1557.36 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 256 190.6 1572.89 188.6 1589.57 190.55 1573.30 188.55 1589.99 190.5 1573.71 188.5 1590.41 190.45 1574.13 188.45 1590.83 190.4 1574.54 188.4 1591.26 190.35 1574.95 188.35 1591.68 190.3 1575.37 188.3 1592.10 190.25 1575.78 188.25 1592.52 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 257: Table 7-7 Dwdm L Band Channel Allocation Plan At 50 Ghz Spacing

    This section explains the significance of the safety labels attached to some of the cards. The card faceplates are clearly labeled with warnings about the laser radiation levels. You must understand all warning labels before working on these cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 258: Figure 7-1 Class 1M Laser Product Label

    7.2.3 Laser Source Connector Label Figure 7-3 shows the Laser Source Connector label. This label indicates that a laser source is present at the optical connector where the label is located. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 259: Figure 7-4 Fda Statement Label

    Shock Hazard label. This label alerts you to electrical hazards within a card. A shock hazard exists when you remove adjacent cards during maintenance, or when you touch exposed electrical circuitry on the card itself. Figure 7-5 Shock Hazard Label Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 260: Wss Card

    Cards” section on page 7-9. The two-slot 32-Channel Wavelength Selective Switch (32WSS) card performs channel add/drop processing within the ONS 15454 DWDM node. The 32WSS card can be installed in the following pairs of slots: • Slots 1 and 2 •...
  • Page 261: Figure 7-6 32Wss Faceplate And Ports

    Figure 7-7 provides a high-level functional block diagram of the 32WSS card and Figure 7-8 on page 7-15 shows how optical signals are processed on the EXP RX and COM RX ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 262 Aggregate optical signals that enter the EXP RX and COM RX port are processed in two ways: Add channel/pass-through and optical splitter processing. The optical processing stages are shown in Figure 7-8, which provides a detailed optical functional diagram of the 32WSS card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 263: Figure 7-8 32Wss Optical Block Diagram

    Channels that are not dropped pass through the optical splitter and flow out of the 32WSS card EXP TX port. Typically, this optical signal is connected to the other 32WSS module within the NE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 264: Table 7-8 32Wss Port Calibration

    ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and Cisco Transport Manager (CTM). ROADM functionality using the 32WSS card requires two 32DMX single-slot cards and two 32WSS double-slot cards (totalling six slots needed in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 265: Table 7-10 32Wss Card-Level Indicators

    192.6 1556.55 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 7.3.6 32WSS Card-Level Indicators Table 7-10 describes the three card-level LED indicators on the 32WSS card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 266: Wss Port-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 32WSS card’s ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to “Manage Alarms” in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 267: Wss-L Faceplate Ports

    DROP TX port: The DROP TX port sends the split-off optical signal with drop channels to the • 32DMX-L card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Figure 7-9 shows the 32WSS-L module front panel and identifies the traffic flow through the ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 268: Figure 7-9 32Wss-L Faceplate And Ports

    Figure 7-10 provides a high-level functional block diagram of the 32WSS-L card and Figure 7-11 on page 7-22 shows how optical signals are processed on the EXP RX and COM RX ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 269: Figure 7-10 32Wss-L Block Diagram

    Aggregate optical signals that enter the EXP RX and COM RX ports are processed in two ways: add channel/pass-through and optical splitter processing. The optical processing stages are shown in Figure 7-11, which provides a detailed optical functional diagram of the 32WSS-L card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 270: Figure 7-11 32Wss-L Optical Block Diagram

    Channels that are not dropped pass through the optical splitter and flow out of the 32WSS-L card EXP TX port. Typically, this optical signal is connected to the other 32WS-L module within the NE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 271: Table 7-12 32Wss-L Channel Plan

    As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 32WSS-L card requires two 32DMX-L single-slot cards and two 32WSS-L double-slot cards (totalling six slots needed in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 272: Wss-L Card-Level Indicators

    00.6 187.3 1600.60 B01.4 01.4 187.2 1601.46 02.3 187.1 1602.31 03.1 1603.17 04.0 186.9 1604.03 7.4.6 32WSS-L Card-Level Indicators Table 7-13 describes the three card-level LED indicators on the 32WSS-L card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 273: Table 7-13 32Wss-L Card-Level Indicators

    For a description of the 32DMX-O card, see the “5.4 32DMX-O Card” section on page 5-16. Figure 7-12 shows the 32DMX card front panel and the basic traffic flow through the ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 274: Dmx Block Diagram

    COM-RX Drop 17-24 Drop-32 Drop 25-32 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 32WSS on COM RX) 7.5.2 32DMX Block Diagram A block diagram of the 32DMX card is shown in Figure 7-13. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 275: Figure 7-13 32Dmx Block Diagram

    ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 32DMX card requires two 32DMX single-slot cards and two 32WSS double-slot cards (for six slots total in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 276: Table 7-14 32Dmx Port Calibration

    195.2 1535.82 36.1 195.1 1536.61 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.87 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.46 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 277: Table 7-16 32Dmx Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 32DMX card’s ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to “Manage Alarms” in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 278: Dmx-L Card

    32DMX-L do not have a VOA per channel for optical power regulation. For a description of the 32DMX-O card, see the “5.4 32DMX-O Card” section on page 5-16. Figure 7-15 shows the 32DMX-L card front panel and the basic traffic flow through the ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 279: Dmx-L Block Diagram

    Drop 9-16 COM-RX Drop 17-24 Drop-32 Drop 25-32 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 32WSS-L on COM RX) 7.6.2 32DMX-L Block Diagram Figure 7-16 shows a block diagram of the 32DMX-L card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-31 78-18343-02...
  • Page 280: Figure 7-16 32Dmx-L Block Diagram

    AS a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 32DMX-L card requires two 32DMX-L single-slot cards and two 32WSS-L double-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 281: Table 7-17 32Dmx-L Port Calibration

    82.8 189.4 1582.85 83.6 189.3 1583.69 B84.5 84.5 189.2 1584.53 85.3 189.1 1585.36 86.2 1586.20 87.0 188.9 1587.04 B87.8 87.8 188.8 1587.88 88.7 188.7 1588.73 89.5 188.6 1589.57 90.4 188.5 1590.41 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-33 78-18343-02...
  • Page 282: Table 7-18 32Dmx-L Channel Plan

    You can find the alarm status of the 32DMX-L card’s ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to “Manage Alarms” in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 283: Dmx-C Card

    MPO client input cables. (MPO cables break out into eight separate cables.) The 40-DMX-C card also has one LC-PC-II optical connector for the main input. Figure 7-18 shows the 40-DMX-C card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-35 78-18343-02...
  • Page 284: Dmx-C Block Diagram

    COM-RX Drop 17-24 Drop 25-32 Drop-40 Drop 33-40 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 40-WSS-C on COM RX) 7.7.2 40-DMX-C Block Diagram Figure 7-19 shows a block diagram of the 40-DMX-C card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-36 78-18343-02...
  • Page 285: Dmx-C Roadm Functionality

    As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-DMX-C card requires two single-slot 40-DMX-C cards and two 40-WSS-C double-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 286: Dmx-C Power Monitoring

    B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 1537.40 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-38 78-18343-02...
  • Page 287: Dmx-C Card-Level Indicators

    B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 1561.42 7.7.6 40-DMX-C Card-Level Indicators The 40-DMX-C card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 7-22. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-39 78-18343-02...
  • Page 288: Table 7-22 40-Dmx-C Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 40-DMX-C card ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to “Manage Alarms” in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 289: Figure 7-21 40-Dmx-Ce Card Faceplate

    Drop 17-24 Drop 25-32 Drop-40 Drop 33-40 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 40-WSS-CE on COM RX) 7.8.2 40-DMX-CE Card Block Diagram Figure 7-22 shows a block diagram of the 40-DMX-CE card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-41 78-18343-02...
  • Page 290: Dmx-Ce Card Roadm Functionality

    As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-DMX-CE card requires two single-slot 40-DMX-CE cards and two 40-WSS-CE double-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 291: Dmx-Ce Card Power Monitoring

    34.6 195.35 1534.64 35.4 195.25 1535.43 36.2 195.15 1536.22 37.0 195.05 1537.00 37.8 194.95 1537.79 B38.6 38.6 194.85 1538.58 39.4 194.75 1539.37 40.1 194.65 1540.16 40.9 194.55 1540.95 41.8 194.45 1541.75 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-43 78-18343-02...
  • Page 292: Dmx-Ce Card-Level Indicators

    Red FAIL LED The red FAIL LED indicates that the card’s processor is not ready or that an internal hardware failure occurred. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-44 78-18343-02...
  • Page 293: Table 7-25 40-Dmx-Ce Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 40-DMX-CE card ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to the “Manage Alarms” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 294: Mux-C Card Block Diagram

    COM TX Client ports 25-32 Client ports 33-40 Client-40 COM TX Sends combined signal to OPT- BST 7.9.2 40-MUX-C Card Block Diagram Figure 7-25 shows a block diagram of the 40-MUX-C card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-46 78-18343-02...
  • Page 295: Mux-C Card Power Monitoring

    Physical photodiodes P1 through P40 monitor the power of the individual input ports to the 40-MUX-C card. P41 monitors the total multiplexed output power, calibrated to the COM-TX port. Table 7-26 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-47 78-18343-02...
  • Page 296: Table 7-26 40-Mux-C Port Calibration

    B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 45.3 1545.32 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 49.3 193.5 1549.32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-48 78-18343-02...
  • Page 297: Mux-C Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 40-MUX-C card ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to “Manage Alarms” in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 298: Wss-C Card

    EXP TX: The EXP TX port sends an optical signal to the other 40-WSS-C card within the NE. DROP TX port: The DROP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains drop channels to • the 40-DMX-C card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-50 78-18343-02...
  • Page 299: Figure 7-27 40-Wss-C Faceplate

    7.10.2 40-WSS-C Block Diagram Figure 7-27 shows the 40-WSS-C card faceplate. Figure 7-27 40-WSS-C Faceplate 40-WSS-C FAIL 7.10.2 40-WSS-C Block Diagram Figure 7-28 shows a block diagram of the 40-WSS-C card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-51 78-18343-02...
  • Page 300 1 ADD 2 Pas Through EXPRESS Comon 2 ADD 2 Pas Through Virtual photodiode 40 ADD EXPRESS Comon 70/30 DROP ADD RX Figure 7-29 shows the 40-WSS-C optical module functional block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-52 78-18343-02...
  • Page 301: Figure 7-29 40-Wss-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram

    As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-WSS-C card requires two 40-WSS-C double-slot cards and two 40-DMX-C single-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 302: Wss-C Channel Plan

    B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 1537.40 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-54 78-18343-02...
  • Page 303: Wss-C Card-Level Indicators

    Red FAIL LED The red FAIL LED indicates that the card’s processor is not ready or that an internal hardware failure occurred. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-55 78-18343-02...
  • Page 304: Table 7-32 40-Wss-C Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 40-WSS-C card ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to the “Manage Alarms” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 305: Wss-Ce Faceplate Ports

    DROP TX port: The DROP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains drop channels to • the 40-DMX-C card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Figure 7-30 shows the 40-WSS-CE card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-57 78-18343-02...
  • Page 306: Figure 7-30 40-Wss-Ce Faceplate

    Chapter 7 Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 7.11.2 40-WSS-CE Card Block Diagram Figure 7-30 40-WSS-CE Faceplate 40-WSS-C FAIL 7.11.2 40-WSS-CE Card Block Diagram Figure 7-31 shows a block diagram of the 40-WSS-CE card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-58 78-18343-02...
  • Page 307: Figure 7-31 40-Wss-Ce Block Diagram

    Chapter 7 Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 7.11.2 40-WSS-CE Card Block Diagram Figure 7-31 40-WSS-CE Block Diagram Figure 7-32 shows the 40-WSS-CE optical module functional block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-59 78-18343-02...
  • Page 308: Figure 7-32 40-Wss-Ce Card Optical Module Functional Block Diagram

    As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco TransportPlanner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-WSS-CE card requires two 40-WSS-CE double-slot cards and two 40-DMX-CE single-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis).
  • Page 309: Wss-Ce Card Channel Plan

    34.6 195.35 1534.64 35.4 195.25 1535.43 36.2 195.15 1536.22 37.0 195.05 1537.00 37.8 194.95 1537.79 B38.6 38.6 194.85 1538.58 39.4 194.75 1539.37 40.1 194.65 1540.16 40.9 194.55 1540.95 41.8 194.45 1541.75 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-61 78-18343-02...
  • Page 310: Wss-Ce Card-Level Indicators

    Red FAIL LED The red FAIL LED indicates that the card’s processor is not ready or that an internal hardware failure occurred. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-62 78-18343-02...
  • Page 311: Table 7-36 40-Wss-Ce Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 40-WSS-CE card ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to the “Manage Alarms” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 312: Wxc-C Faceplate Ports

    OCH-NC network. However, they are not reported in CTC under node view -> Maintenance -> DWDM -> -> Mesh Patch Panel Internal Patchcords. Figure 7-33 shows the 40-WXC-C card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-64 78-18343-02...
  • Page 313: Figure 7-33 40-Wxc-C Faceplate

    TO Mesh PP COM TX: line TX interface TO Booster Amplifier COM RX: line RX interface FROM Pre-Amplifier 7.12.2 40-WXC-C Block Diagram Figure 7-34 shows the 40-WXC-C optical module functional block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-65 78-18343-02...
  • Page 314: Wxc-C Power Monitoring

    CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) DROP DROP TX EXP RX PDi3 Add i RX ports (that is, channel input Add i RX power), up to 40 ports and therefore 40 PDs Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-66 78-18343-02...
  • Page 315: Wxc-C Channel Plan

    B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.4 195.5 1533.47 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 1537.40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-67 78-18343-02...
  • Page 316: Table 7-39 40-Wxc-C Channel Plan

    192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 1561.42 1. This channel is unused by the 40-WXC-C 7.12.5 40-WXC-C Card-Level Indicators The 40-WXC-C card has three card-level LED indicators described in Table 7-40. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-68 78-18343-02...
  • Page 317: Table 7-40 40-Wxc-C Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the 40-WXC-C card ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to “Manage Alarms” in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 318: Figure 7-35 Mmu Faceplate And Ports

    Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 7.13.2 MMU Block Diagram Figure 7-35 MMU Faceplate and Ports FAIL 7.13.2 MMU Block Diagram Figure 7-36 provides a high-level functional block diagram of the MMU card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-70 78-18343-02...
  • Page 319: Table 7-41 Mmu Port Calibration

    Red FAIL LED The red FAIL LED indicates that the card’s processor is not ready or that n internal hardware failure occurred. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 7-71 78-18343-02...
  • Page 320: Mmu Port-Level Indicators

    You can find the alarm status of the MMU card’s ports using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. The screen displays the number and severity of alarms on a given port or slot. For the procedure to view these counts, refer to “Manage Alarms” in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 321 The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 322: Card Overview

    See Table 8-39 on page 8-79 for details. 8.1.1 Card Summary Table 8-1 lists and summarizes the functions of each TXP, TXPP, MXP, and MXPP card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 323: Table 8-1 Cisco Ons 15454 Transponder And Muxponder Cards

    “8.12 ADM-10G Card” on the faceplate. section on page 8-68 8.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 8-2 lists the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software compatibility for each TXP, TXPP, MXP, MXPP, 10GE_XP, GE_XP and ADM-10G card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 324: Table 8-2 Software Release Compatibility For Transponder And Muxponder Cards

    10GE_XP cards have Class 1 lasers. The labels that appear on these cards are described in the following sections. 8.2.1.1 Class 1 Laser Product Label The Class 1 Laser Product label is shown in Figure 8-1. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 325: Figure 8-1 Class 1 Laser Product Label

    The Laser Source Connector label is shown in Figure 8-3. Figure 8-3 Laser Source Connector Label This label indicates that a laser source is present at the optical connector where the label has been placed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 326: Figure 8-4 Fda Statement Label

    MXP_MR_10DME_L cards have Class 1M lasers. The labels that appear on these cards are described in the following subsections. 8.2.2.1 Class 1M Laser Product Label The Class 1M Laser Product label is shown in Figure 8-6. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 327: Figure 8-6 Class 1M Laser Product Label

    The Laser Source Connector label is shown in Figure 8-8. Figure 8-8 Laser Source Connector Label This label indicates that a laser source is present at the optical connector where the label has been placed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 328: Figure 8-9 Fda Statement Label

    FEC enables longer fiber links because errors caused by the optical signal degrading with distance are corrected. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 329 Traffic of frame sizes up to 65535 bytes pass without any packet drops, from the client port to the trunk port and vice versa irrespective of the MTU setting. Figure 8-11 shows the TXP_MR_10G faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 330: Figure 8-11 Txp_Mr_10G Faceplate And Block Diagram

    ITU-T G.664 (6/99). On the data application and trunk interface, the switch on and off pulse duration is greater than 60 seconds and is user-configurable. For details on ALS provisioning for the card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 331: Table 8-3 Txp_Mr_10G Card-Level Indicators

    ITU grid) in the L band. There are eight versions of the C-band card, with each version covering four wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 wavelengths. There are five versions of the L-band card, with each version covering eight wavelengths, for a total coverage of 40 wavelengths. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 332: Key Features

    Traffic of frame sizes up to 65535 bytes pass without any packet drops, from the client port to the trunk port and vice versa irrespective of the MTU setting. 8.4.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 8-12 shows the TXP_MR_10E faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 333: Figure 8-12 Txp_Mr_10E Faceplate And Block Diagram

    1550-nm band or eight tunable channels available in the 1580-nm band on the 50-GHz ITU grid for the DWDM interface. The TXP_MR_10E card provides 3R (retime, reshape, Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-13...
  • Page 334: Enhanced Fec (E-Fec) Feature

    • E-FEC—Standard ITU-T G.975.1 I.7 algorithm, which is a super FEC code • The E-FEC of the ONS 15454 and Cisco ASR 9000 are not compatible. Note 8.4.6 FEC and E-FEC Modes As client side traffic passes through the TXP_MR_10E card, it can be digitally wrapped using FEC mode, E-FEC mode, or no error correction at all.
  • Page 335: Table 8-5 Txp_Mr_10E Card-Level Indicators

    ITU-T G.664 (6/99). On the data application and trunk interface, the switch on and off pulse duration is greater than 60 seconds. The on and off pulse duration is user-configurable. For details on ALS provisioning for the card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. 8.4.9 TXP_MR_10E Card-Level Indicators Table 8-5 lists the three card-level LEDs on the TXP_MR_10E card.
  • Page 336: Txp_Mr_10E_C And Txp_Mr_10E_L Cards

    Traffic of frame sizes up to 65535 bytes pass without any packet drops, from the client port to the trunk port and vice versa irrespective of the MTU setting. 8.5.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 8-13 shows the TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L faceplates and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 337: Figure 8-13 Txp_Mr_10E_C And Txp_Mr_10E_L Faceplates And Block Diagram

    (Telcordia GR-253-CORE) or STM-64 I-64.1 (ITU-T G.691) optical interface, as well as 10GE LAN PHY (10GBASE-LR), 10GE WAN PHY (10GBASE-LW), or 10G-FC signals. The client side XFP pluggable module supports LC connectors and is equipped with a 1310-nm laser. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 338: Dwdm Trunk Interface

    E-FEC off. E-FEC is provisioned using CTC. Because the transponder has no visibility into the data payload and detect circuits, the TXP_MR_10E_C Caution and TXP_MR_10E_L cards do not display circuits under the card view. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 339: Table 8-7 Txp_Mr_10E _C And Txp_Mr_10E_L Card-Level Indicators

    The green Client LED indicates that the client port is in service and that it is receiving a recognized signal. Green DWDM LED The green DWDM LED indicates that the DWDM port is in service and that it is receiving a recognized signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 340: Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    1 Gigabit Fibre Channel (1G-FC)/FICON 1.06 Gbps On or Off OC-12/STM-4 622 Mbps On or Off OC-3/STM-1 155 Mbps On or Off Enterprise System Connection (ESCON) 200 Mbps — SDI/D1 video 270 Mbps — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 341: Faceplate

    PM of the ITU-T G.709 OH and SONET/SDH OH is implemented. 8.6.1 Faceplate Figure 8-14 shows the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G faceplates. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 342: Block Diagram

    For information on safety labels for the cards, see the “8.2.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page 8-6. 8.6.2 Block Diagram Figure 8-15 shows a block diagram of the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 343: Figure 8-15 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Block Diagram

    60 seconds. The on and off pulse duration is user-configurable. For details regarding ALS provisioning for the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 344: Table 8-11 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Card-Level Indicators

    Telcordia GR-253-CORE. An OC-1 signal is the equivalent of one DS-3 channel transmitted across optical fiber. OC-1 is primarily used for trunk interfaces to phone switches in the United States. There is no SDH equivalent for SONET OC-1. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 345 When you create a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit, you need to select the G.709 and Synchronous options. A 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit is supported by G.709 and synchronous mode. This is necessary to provision a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit. Figure 8-16 shows the MXP_2.5G_10G faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 346: Figure 8-16 Mxp_2.5G_10G Faceplate

    1531.12 For information on safety labels for the card, see the “8.2.1 Class 1 Laser Product Cards” section on page 8-4. Figure 8-17 shows a block diagram of the MXP_2.5G_10G card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 347: Timing Synchronization

    ITU-T G.664 (6/99). On the data application and trunk interface, the switch on and off pulse duration is greater than 60 seconds. The on and off pulse duration is user-configurable. For details regarding ALS provisioning for the MXP_2.5G_10G card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 348: Table 8-13 Mxp_2.5G_10G Card-Level Indicators

    The digital wrapper function (ITU-T G.709 compliant) formats the DWDM wavelength so that it can be used to set up generic communications channels (GCCs) for data communications, enable FEC, or facilitate performance monitoring. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 349: Key Features

    (ITU-T G.957). • High level provisioning support: The MXP_2.5G_10E card is initially provisioned using Cisco TransportPlanner software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software. Link monitoring and management: The MXP_2.5G_10E card uses standard OC-48 OH (overhead) •...
  • Page 350: Faceplate

    DWDM LED For information on safety labels for the card, see the “8.2.1 Class 1 Laser Product Cards” section on page 8-4. Figure 8-19 shows a block diagram of the MXP_2.5G_10E card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 351: Client Interfaces

    Termination mode transparency on the muxponder is configured using OTUx and ODUx OH bytes. The ITU-T G.709 specification defines OH byte formats that are used to configure, set, and monitor frame alignment, FEC mode, section monitoring, tandem connection monitoring, and termination mode transparency. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-31 78-18343-02...
  • Page 352: Timing Synchronization

    The E-FEC feature is one of three basic modes of FEC operation. FEC can be turned off, FEC can be turned on, or E-FEC can be turned on to provide greater range and lower BER. The default mode is FEC on and E-FEC off. E-FEC is provisioned using CTC. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-32 78-18343-02...
  • Page 353: Sonet/Sdh Overhead Byte Processing

    Band Wavelength (nm) 30.3 1530.33 30.3 1531.12 30.3 1531.90 30.3 1532.68 34.2 1534.25 34.2 1535.04 34.2 1535.82 34.2 1536.61 38.1 1538.19 38.1 1538.98 38.1 1539.77 38.1 1540.56 42.1 1542.14 42.1 1542.94 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-33 78-18343-02...
  • Page 354: Table 8-15 Mxp_2.5G_10E Trunk Wavelengths

    ITU-T G.664 (6/99). On the data application and trunk interface, the switch on and off pulse duration is greater than 60 seconds. The on and off pulse duration is user-configurable. For details regarding ALS provisioning for the MXP_2.5G_10E card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 355: Table 8-16 Mxp_2.5G_10E Card-Level Indicators

    10-Gbps DWDM optical signal on the trunk side. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards provide wavelength transmission service for the four incoming 2.5 Gbps client interfaces. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L muxponders pass all SONET/SDH overhead bytes transparently. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-35 78-18343-02...
  • Page 356: Key Features

    Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in I-16 (ITU-T G.957). IR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in S-16-1 (ITU-T G.957). High level provisioning support: The cards are initially provisioned using Cisco TransportPlanner • software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software.
  • Page 357: Faceplate

    (MXP_2.5G_10E_L), thus eliminating the need to use different versions of each card to provide tunability across specific wavelengths in a band. 8.8.2 Faceplate Figure 8-20 shows the MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L faceplates and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-37 78-18343-02...
  • Page 358: Figure 8-20 Mxp_2.5G_10E _C And Mxp_2.5G_10E_L Faceplates And Block Diagram

    MXP_2.5G_10E_C card, the DWDM trunk is tunable for transmission over the entire C band and for the MXP_2.5G_10E_L card, the DWDM trunk is tunable for transmission over the entire L band. Channels are spaced at 50-GHz on the ITU grid. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-38 78-18343-02...
  • Page 359: Multiplexing Function

    FEC, and E-FEC. The output bit rate is always 10.7092 Gbps as defined in ITU-T G.709, but the error coding performance can be provisioned as follows: • NO FEC—No FEC FEC—Standard ITU-T G.975 Reed-Solomon algorithm • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-39 78-18343-02...
  • Page 360: Fec And E-Fec Modes

    Table 8-18 describes the required trunk transmit laser wavelengths for the MXP_2.5G_10E_C card. The laser is tunable over 82 wavelengths in the C band at 50-GHz spacing on the ITU grid. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-40 78-18343-02...
  • Page 361 1540.162 192.60 1556.555 194.60 1540.557 192.55 1556.959 194.55 1540.953 192.50 1557.36 194.50 1541.35 192.45 1557.77 194.45 1541.75 192.40 1558.173 194.40 1542.142 192.35 1558.578 194.35 1542.539 192.30 1558.983 194.30 1542.936 192.25 1559.389 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-41 78-18343-02...
  • Page 362: Table 8-18 Mxp_2.5G_10E_C Trunk Wavelengths

    1593.37 190.1 1577.03 188.1 1593.79 190.05 1577.44 188.05 1594.22 1577.86 1594.64 189.95 1578.27 187.95 1595.06 189.9 1578.69 187.9 1595.49 189.85 1579.10 187.85 1595.91 189.8 1579.52 187.8 1596.34 189.75 1579.93 187.75 1596.76 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-42 78-18343-02...
  • Page 363: Automatic Laser Shutdown

    8.8.14 Lamp Test The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards support a lamp test function that is activated from the ONS 15454 front panel or through CTC to ensure that all LEDs are functional. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-43 78-18343-02...
  • Page 364: Table 8-20 Mxp_2.5G_10E_C And Mxp_2.5G_10E_L Card-Level Indicators

    (GE, FICON, Fibre Channel, and ESCON) into one 2.5 Gbps STM-16/OC-48 DWDM signal on the trunk side. It provides one long-reach STM-16/OC-48 port per card and is compliant with Telcordia GR-253-CORE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-44 78-18343-02...
  • Page 365: Table 8-22 Card Versions

    1G FICON • • ESCON • Because the client payload cannot oversubscribe the trunk, a mix of client signals can be accepted, up to Note a maximum limit of 2.5 Gbps. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-45 78-18343-02...
  • Page 366: Table 8-23 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Client Interface Data Rates And Encapsulation

    0.8 Gbps (mixed mode) 1.86 Gbps total 1.25 Gbps ESCON 5, 6, 7, 8 0.8 Gbps (mixed mode) Total 2.05 Gbps ESCON 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 1.6 Gbps Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-46 78-18343-02...
  • Page 367: Performance Monitoring

    You can provision a string (port name) for each fiber channel/FICON interface on the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards, which allows the MDS Fabric Manager to create a link association between that SAN port and a SAN port on a Cisco MDS 9000 switch. 8.9.5 Client and Trunk Ports The MXP_MR_2.5G card features a 1550-nm laser for the trunk/line port and a 1310-nm or 850-nm laser...
  • Page 368: Figure 8-21 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Faceplates

    There are two SERDES blocks dedicated to the high-speed interfaces (GE, FC, FICON, and ESCON) and two SERDES blocks for the ESCON interfaces. A FPGA is provided to support different configurations for different modes of operation. This FPGA has a Universal Test and Operations Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-48 78-18343-02...
  • Page 369: Figure 8-22 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Block Diagram

    60 seconds. The on and off pulse duration is user-configurable. For details regarding ALS provisioning for the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-49 78-18343-02...
  • Page 370: Table 8-25 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card-Level Indicators

    When the LED is amber, it indicates that the interface is carrying protect traffic in a splitter protection card (MXPP_MR_2.5G). Red (LOS) A red LED indicates that the interface has detected an LOS or LOC. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-50 78-18343-02...
  • Page 371: Mxp_Mr_10Dme_C And Mxp_Mr_10Dme_L Cards

    The cards uses dual LC connectors on the trunk side and use SFP modules on the client side for optical cable termination. The SFP pluggable modules are SR or IR and support an LC fiber connector. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-51 78-18343-02...
  • Page 372: Table 8-27 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_C And Mxp_Mr_10Dme_L Client Interface Data Rates And Encapsulation

    12.5 degree downward tilt SFP modules for the client interfaces. For optical termination, each SFP uses two LC connectors, which are labeled TX and RX on the faceplate. The trunk port is a dual-LC connector with a 45 degree downward angle. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-52 78-18343-02...
  • Page 373: Key Features

    See the “8.13.1 Y-Cable Protection” section on page 8-75 more detailed information. High level provisioning support: The cards are initially provisioned using Cisco TransportPlanner • software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software.
  • Page 374: Faceplate

    You can provision a string (port name) for each fiber channel/FICON interface on the • MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards, which allows the MDS Fabric Manager to create a link association between that SAN port and a SAN port on a Cisco MDS 9000 switch. 8.10.2 Faceplate Figure 8-23 shows the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L faceplates and block diagram.
  • Page 375: Figure 8-23 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_C And Mxp_Mr_10Dme_L Faceplates And Block Diagram

    The card uses trunk lasers that are wavelocked, which allows the trunk transmitter to operate on the ITU grid effectively. Both the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards implement the UT2 module. The MXP_MR_10DME_C card uses a C-band version of the UT2 and the MXP_MR_10DME_L card uses an L-band version. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-55 78-18343-02...
  • Page 376: Table 8-29 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_C Trunk Wavelengths

    1539.371 192.70 1555.747 194.70 1539.766 192.65 1556.151 194.65 1540.162 192.60 1556.555 194.60 1540.557 192.55 1556.959 194.55 1540.953 192.50 1557.36 194.50 1541.35 192.45 1557.77 194.45 1541.75 192.40 1558.173 194.40 1542.142 192.35 1558.578 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-56 78-18343-02...
  • Page 377 1592.52 190.2 1576.20 188.2 1592.95 190.15 1576.61 188.15 1593.37 190.1 1577.03 188.1 1593.79 190.05 1577.44 188.05 1594.22 1577.86 1594.64 189.95 1578.27 187.95 1595.06 189.9 1578.69 187.9 1595.49 189.85 1579.10 187.85 1595.91 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-57 78-18343-02...
  • Page 378: Table 8-30 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_L Trunk Wavelengths

    BERs on one or more of the card’s ports. The amber SF LED is also on if the transmit and receive fibers are incorrectly connected. If the fibers are properly connected and the link is working, the light turns off. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-58 78-18343-02...
  • Page 379: Mxp_Mr_10Dme_C And Mxp_Mr_10Dme_L Port-Level Indicators

    Changing the GE_XP and 10GE_XP card mode requires the ports to be in a OOS-DSBL (ANSI) or Locked, disabled (ETSI) service state. In addition, no circuits can be provisioned on the cards when the mode is being changed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-59 78-18343-02...
  • Page 380: Table 8-33 Ge_Xp And 10Ge_Xp Card Modes

    8.11.1 Key Features The GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards have the following high-level features: • GE MXP, TXP, and Layer 2 switch capability over the ONS 15454 DWDM platform. • Interoperable with TXP_MR_10E and TXP_MR_10E_C cards. Also interoperable with Cisco Catalyst 6500 and Cisco 7600 series GE and 10GE interfaces.
  • Page 381: Faceplate And Block Diagram

    ZX SFPs, and 10-Gbps SR1 XFPs. Pluggable trunk interface optic modules; trunk ports support the DWDM XFP. • 8.11.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 8-24 shows the GE_XP faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-61 78-18343-02...
  • Page 382 TRUNK : +1dB m COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JULY 26, 2001 Figure 8-25 shows the 10GE_XP faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-62 78-18343-02...
  • Page 383: Figure 8-25 10Ge_Xp Faceplates And Block Diagram

    You must use a 20-dB fiber attenuator (15 to 25 dB) when working with the cards in a loopback on the Caution trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the cards. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-63 78-18343-02...
  • Page 384: Client Interface

    Mode—Provisional port mode, either Autonegotiation or the port speed. • Flow Control—Flow control according to IEEE 802.1x pause frame specification can be enabled or • disabled for TX and RX ports. Bandwidth—Provisionable maximum bandwidth allowed for the port. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-64 78-18343-02...
  • Page 385: Security

    The remaining traffic is normally switched. You can manually specify the set of blocked MAC addresses for each port. Each port of the card can receive traffic from a limited predefined set of MAC addresses. The remaining traffic will be dropped. This capability is a subset of the Cisco IOS “Port Security” feature.
  • Page 386 Dual failure in the VLAN ring due to the trunk port of master and slave cards in OOS,DSBLD • (Locked,disabled) state followed by a hard or soft reset of the master card Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-66 78-18343-02...
  • Page 387: Table 8-34 Ge_Xp And 10Ge_Xp Card-Level Indicators

    LOF, or high BERs is present one or more of the card’s ports. The amber SF LED is also on if the transmit and receive fibers are incorrectly connected. If the fibers are properly connected and the link is working, the light turns off. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-67 78-18343-02...
  • Page 388: Table 8-35 Ge_Xp And Xp_10G Port-Level Indicators

    (STS) mapped OC-3, OC-12, and OC-48 signals as specified in the standard. The client SFP and trunk XFP are compliant with interface requirements in Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.957 and/or ITU-T G.959.1, and IEEE 802.3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-68 78-18343-02...
  • Page 389: Key Features

    ONS 15454 CE100T-8 or ML1000-2 cards). GFP encapsulation also allows the ADM-10G card to interoperate with other vendors’ Gigabit Ethernet interfaces that adhere to the ITU-T G.7041 standard. 8.12.3 Faceplate Figure 8-27 shows the ADM-10G card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-69 78-18343-02...
  • Page 390: Figure 8-27 Adm-10G Card Faceplate And Block Diagram

    10G SONET/SDH 10G SONET/SDH G.709 -FEC VCAT framer-pointer framer-pointer framer 2 RLDR processor 4 processor 3 8.12.4 Port Configuration Rules ADM-10G card client and trunk port capacities are shown in Figure 8-28. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-70 78-18343-02...
  • Page 391: Figure 8-28 Adm-10G Card Port Capacities

    OC48/STM16 IR1 SFP 1310 nm (ONS-SI-2G-I1=) Colored DWDM SFPs • 1000Base-ZX SFP 1550 nm (ONS-SI-GE-ZX=) – OC3/STM1 LR2 SFP 1550 nm (ONS-SI-155-L2=) – OC48/STM16 LR2 SFP 1550 nm (ONS-SI-2G-L2=) – OC48/STM16 SFP (ONS-SC-2G-xx.x) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-71 78-18343-02...
  • Page 392: Interlink Interfaces

    OC-48/STM-16 on Port 16 No OC-N/STM-N on Port 10 through Port 12 The total traffic rate for each trunk cannot exceed OC-192/STM-64 on each ADM-10G card, or for each Note ADM peer group. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-72 78-18343-02...
  • Page 393: Security

    Check Algorithm that keys on vendor ID and serial number. If a PPM is plugged into a port on the card but fails the security code check because it is not a Cisco PPM, a minor NON-CISCO-PPM alarm is raised.
  • Page 394: Table 8-37 Adm-10G Card-Level Indicators

    1-16 can support 1+1 protection scheme when equipped with an OC-N card. The ADM-10G uses the same protection scheme as the OC-N card. For information on optical card protection, refer to Chap 7, Card Protection of the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual. 8.12.11 ADM-10G Card-Level Indicators Table 8-37 describes the card-level LEDs on the ADM-10G card.
  • Page 395: Y-Cable And Splitter Protection

    • MXP_2.5G_10E • MXP_2.5G_10E_C • MXP_2.5G_10E_L • MXP_MR_2.5G • MXP_MR_10DME_C • MXP_MR_10DME_L • GE_XP (when in 10GE or 20GE MXP card mode) • 10GE_XP (when in 10GE TXP card mode) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-75 78-18343-02...
  • Page 396 (PPM) alarm. The working port raises the CR,IMPROPRMVL,SA alarm and the protected port raises the MN,IMPROPRMVL,NSA alarm. The severity on the client ports is changed according to the protection switch state. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-76 78-18343-02...
  • Page 397: Figure 8-29 Y-Cable Protection

    The triggers for a protection switch are LOS, LOF, SF, or SD. Figure 8-30 Splitter Protection Protected Card Trunk Port Client Splitter Port Working Client Switch Protect Trunk Port Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-77 78-18343-02...
  • Page 398: Far-End Laser Control

    Transponder and muxponder cards have various SONET and SDH termination modes that can be configured using CTC (see the “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide). The termination modes are summarized in Table 8-39.
  • Page 399: Table 8-39 Termination Modes

    For LDCC/MS-DCC provisioning, the card should be in the Line/MS-DCC termination mode. • For more information on enabling termination modes, see the procedures for changing card setting in the “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. 8.17 SFP and XFP Modules SFPs and 10-Gbps SFPs (XFPs) are integrated fiber optic transceivers that provide high-speed serial links from a port or slot to the network.
  • Page 400 Chapter 8 Transponder and Muxponder Cards 8.17 SFP and XFP Modules Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 8-80 78-18343-02...
  • Page 401 All node configurations can be provisioned with C-band or L-band cards except the OADM and anti-ASE nodes. These nodes require AD-xB-xx.x or AD-xC-xx.x cards, which are C-band only. All node configurations can be single-shelf or multishelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 402: Chapter 9 Node Reference

    Chapter 9 Node Reference 9.1.1 Hub Node The Cisco TransportPlanner tool creates a plan for amplifier placement and proper node equipment. Note To support multiple optical sides in mesh DWDM networks, east and west are no longer used to reference Note the left and right sides of the ONS 15454 shelf.
  • Page 403: Figure 9-1 Hub Node Configuration Example With 32-Channel C-Band Cards

    Chapter 9 Node Reference 9.1.1 Hub Node Figure 9-1 Hub Node Configuration Example with 32-Channel C-Band Cards Figure 9-2 shows a 40-channel hub node configuration with 40-WSS-C cards installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 404: Figure 9-2 Hub Node Configuration Example With 40-Wss-C Cards

    Received signals are divided between the OSCM card and an OPT-PRE card. Dispersion compensation is applied to the signal received by the OPT-PRE amplifier, and it is then sent to the 32DMX-O card, which demultiplexes and attenuates the input signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 405 Side A. Figure 9-4 shows an example of a terminal configuration with a 2MUX-O card installed. The channel flow for a terminal node is the same as the hub node (Figure 9-3). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 406: Figure 9-4 Terminal Node Configuration With 32Mux-O Cards Installed

    Chapter 9 Node Reference 9.1.2 Terminal Node Figure 9-4 Terminal Node Configuration With 32MUX-O Cards Installed Figure 9-5 shows an example of a terminal configuration with a 40-WSS-C card installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 407: Figure 9-5 Terminal Node Configuration With 40-Wss-C Cards Installed

    Chapter 9 Node Reference 9.1.2 Terminal Node Figure 9-5 Terminal Node Configuration with 40-WSS-C Cards Installed Figure 9-5 shows an example of a terminal configuration with a 40-MUX-C card installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 408 Unlike express path, an optical pass-through channel can be converted later to an add/drop channel in an altered ring without affecting another channel. OADM amplifier placement and required card placement is determined by the Cisco TransportPlanner tool or your site plan. OADM nodes can be amplified or passive. In amplified OADMs, booster and preamplifier cards are installed on bode sides of the node.
  • Page 409: Figure 9-7 Amplified Oadm Node Configuration Example

    32-wavelength plan is based on eight bands (each band contains four channels), optical adding and dropping can be performed at the band level and/or at the channel level (meaning individual channels can be dropped). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 410 OADM node configuration. The passive OADM node is equipped with a band filter, one four-channel multiplexer/demultiplexer, and a channel filter on each side of the node. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 411: Figure 9-10 Passive Oadm Node Channel Flow Example

    OADM, except that the OSC-CSM card is used instead of the OPT-BST and OSCM cards. Figure 9-10 Passive OADM Node Channel Flow Example TCC2 AIC-I AD-xB-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x AD-xB-xx.x Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 412: Figure 9-11 Roadm Node With 32Dmx Cards Installed

    Transponders (TXPs) and muxponders (MXPs) can be installed in Slots 6 and 12 and, if amplification is not used, in any open slot. Although not required, 32DMX-O can be used in an ROADM node. Cisco TransportPlanner Note automatically chooses the demultiplexer card that is best for the ROADM node based on the network requirements.
  • Page 413: Figure 9-12 Roadm Node With 40-Wss-C Cards Installed

    Chapter 9 Node Reference 9.1.4 ROADM Node Figure 9-12 ROADM Node with 40-WSS-C Cards Installed Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 414: Figure 9-13 Roadm Node With 32Wss-L And 32Dmx-L Cards Installed

    Side B to Side A follows an identical path through the Side B OSC-CSM and 32WSS or 40-WSS-C cards. In this example, OSC-CSM cards are installed so OPT-BSTs are not needed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-14...
  • Page 415 AD-xC-xx.x cards. See Figure 9-8 on page 9-10. Figure 9-15 shows an anti-ASE node that uses all wavelengths in the pass-through mode. Use Cisco TransportPlanner to determine the best configuration for anti-ASE nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 416: Figure 9-15 Anti-Ase Node Channel Flow Example

    If the node does not contain an OPT-BST card, OSC-CSM cards must be installed instead of OSCM cards. Figure 9-16 shows an example of a line amplifier node configuration using OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, and OSCM cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 417: Line Amplifier Node

    To electrically regenerate the OSC channel whenever the span links are 37 dB or longer and payload • amplification and add/drop capabilities are not present. Cisco TransportPlanner places an OSC regeneration node in spans longer than 37 dB. The span between the OSC regeneration node and the next DWDM network site cannot be longer than 31 dB.
  • Page 418: Figure 9-17 Osc Regeneration Line Node Configuration Example

    OSC Regeneration Line Node Flow Fiber Fiber Fiber Fiber 9.2 Multishelf Node An ONS 15454 node provisioned as a multishelf node can manage up to 12 subtending shelves as a single entity. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 419: Figure 9-19 Multishelf Node Configuration

    MS-ISC-100T cards or, as an alternative, the Catalyst 2950 switch. Cisco recommends using the MS-ISC-100T cards. If using the Catalyst 2950, it is installed on one of multishelf racks.
  • Page 420: Multishelf Node Layout

    Node Reference 9.2.1 Multishelf Node Layout A multishelf node has a single public IP address for all client interfaces (Cisco Transport Controller [CTC], Transaction Language One [TL1], Simple Network Management Protocol [SNMP], and HTTP); a client can only connect to the node controller shelf, not to the subtending shelves. The user interface and subtending shelves are connected to a patch panel using straight-through (CAT-5) LAN cables.
  • Page 421 Sides are viewed and managed from the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Optical Sides tab in CTC, shown Figure 9-20. Figure 9-20 Optical Side Tab 9.3.1 Optical Side Stages All MSTP nodes can be modelled according to Figure 9-21. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 422: Figure 9-21 Interconnecting Sides Conceptual View

    OPT-AMP-L, when provisioned in OPT-LINE (booster amplifier) mode – OPT-AMP-17-C, when provisioned in OPT-LINE (booster amplifier) mode – Preamplifier cards, such as: • OPT-PRE – OPT-AMP-C, when provisioned in OPT-PRE (preamplifier) mode – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 423: Table 9-1 Supported Fiber Stage Configurations

    (for example, a 40-WSS-C/40-WSS-CE COM-RX port in a ROADM node) • OPT-AMP (BST) COM-RX port connected to the next stage (for example, a 40-WSS-C/40-WSS-CE COM-TX port in a ROADM node) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 424: A/D Stage

    Stages are built by active cards and patchcords. However, the interconnecting sides are completed by the mesh patch panels (four-degree patch panel or eight-degree patch panel) in mesh nodes, or by patchcords connected to EXP-RX/EXP-TX ports in legacy nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 425: Side Line Ports

    “9.3.2 Side line ports” section on page 9-25). • The side line ports are not connected to an internal patchcord. • Note Cisco does not recommend that you manually create or modify ONS 15454 sides. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 426: Optical Side Configurations

    Sides A through D. Table 9-4 Multishelf Four-Degree Mesh Node Layout Example Shelf Slots 1–6 Side Slots 12–17 Side WXC Line TXP/MXP — Termination WXC Line WXC Line Termination Termination Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 427: Table 9-4 Multishelf Four-Degree Mesh Node Layout Example

    Table 9-6 Multishelf Four-Degree Protected Mesh Node Layout Example Shelf Slots 1–6 Side Slots 12–17 Side WXC Line TXP/MXP — Termination WXC Line TXP/MXP — Termination WXC Line TXP/MXP — Termination Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-27 78-18343-02...
  • Page 428: Table 9-7 Multishelf Four-Degree Mesh Node Upgrade Layout Example

    Multishelf Eight-Degree Mesh Node Layout Example Shelf Slots 1–6 Side Slots 12–17 Side WXC Line TXP/MXP — Termination WXC Line WXC Line Termination Termination WXC Line WXC Line Termination Termination WXC Line WXC Line Termination Termination Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 429: Table 9-8 Multishelf Eight-Degree Mesh Node Layout Example

    Table 9-10 Multishelf Four-Degree Mesh Node User-Defined Layout Example Shelf Slots 1–6 Side Slots 12–17 Side WXC Line TXP/MXP — Termination TXP/MXP — WXC Line Termination WXC Line TXP/MXP — Termination Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-29 78-18343-02...
  • Page 430: Configuring Mesh Dwdm Networks

    40-channel patch panel, four-degree patch panel, and eight-degree patch panels. ONS 15454 DWDM mesh configurations can be up to four degrees (four optical directions) when the four-degree patch panel patch panel is installed, and up to eight degrees (eight optical directions) when the eight-degree patch panel is installed.
  • Page 431: Figure 9-22 Line Termination Mesh Node Shelf

    Figure 9-29 on page 9-38 Figure 9-30 on page 9-39.) Figure 9-22 Line Termination Mesh Node Shelf Figure 9-23 shows a functional block diagram of one line termination side using 40-WXC-C and 40-MUX-C cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-31 78-18343-02...
  • Page 432: Figure 9-23 Line Termination Mesh Node Side-40-Mux-C Cards

    Node Reference 9.4.1 Line Termination Mesh Node Figure 9-23 Line Termination Mesh Node Side—40-MUX-C Cards OSCM Figure 9-24 shows a functional block diagram line termination side using 40-WXC-C and 40-WSS-C cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-32 78-18343-02...
  • Page 433: Figure 9-24 Line Termination Mesh Node Side-40-Wss-C Cards

    Line Termination Mesh Node Side—40-WSS-C Cards OSCM Figure 9-25 shows a functional block diagram of a node that interconnects a ROADM with MMU cards with two native line termination mesh sides. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-33 78-18343-02...
  • Page 434: Figure 9-25 Line Termination Mesh Nodes-Roadm With Mmu Cards

    Node Reference 9.4.1 Line Termination Mesh Node Figure 9-25 Line Termination Mesh Nodes—ROADM With MMU Cards Node A OSCM OSCM Node B 40-WXC-C 40-WXC-C AMP-17-C AMP-17-C PP-MESH-4 OSCM 40-WXC-C 40-WXC-C OSCM Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-34 78-18343-02...
  • Page 435: Xc Termination Mesh Node

    (PP-MESH-8). If the four-degree patch panel is installed, mesh topologies of up to four degrees can be created. If the eight-degree patch panel patch panel is installed, mesh Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-35 78-18343-02...
  • Page 436: Mesh Patch Panels And Shelf Layouts

    (if an eight-degree patch panel is used). Figure 9-28 shows the signal flow at the four-degree patch panel. 40-WXC-C cards connect to the four-degree patch panel at the EXP TX and COM RX ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-36 78-18343-02...
  • Page 437 ROADM nodes with MMU cards to upgrade a two-degree MMU-based ROADM node into four-degree or eight-degree mesh nodes. Figure 9-29 shows the ROADM node with MMU cards configuration after it has been upgraded into a four-degree mesh topology. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-37 78-18343-02...
  • Page 438: Figure 9-29 Layout For Roadm Node With Mmu Cards And Four-Degree Mesh Topology

    The following figures show different mesh configurations at the shelf level. Figure 9-30 shows a basic four-degree mesh node layout based on the shelf configuration shown in Figure 9-22 on page 9-31. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-38 78-18343-02...
  • Page 439: Figure 9-30 Four-Degree Line Termination Mesh Node Layout

    9.4.3 Mesh Patch Panels and Shelf Layouts Figure 9-30 Four-Degree Line Termination Mesh Node Layout Figure 9-31 shows a protected four-degree mesh node layout based on the shelf configuration shown in Figure 9-22 on page 9-31. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-39 78-18343-02...
  • Page 440: Figure 9-31 Four-Degree Protected Line Termination Mesh Node Layout

    40-WXC-C cards in that NE in any desired outbound direction. In the inbound direction, any of the wavelengths entering the NE through the 40-WXC-C cards and multidegree patch panel can be selectively routed to the preferred 40-WXC-C card facing the NE containing an OPT-PRE card and a Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-40 78-18343-02...
  • Page 441: Figure 9-32 Local Add/Drop Management Using Two Network Elements

    Local Add/Drop Management Using Two Network Elements 9.5 DWDM Node Cabling DWDM node cabling is specified by the Cisco TransportPlanner Internal Connections table. The following sections provide examples of the cabling that you will typically install for common DWDM node types.
  • Page 442 The cabling illustrations shown in the following sections are examples. Always install fiber-optic cables Note based on the Cisco TransportPlanner Internal Connections table for your site. 9.5.1 OSC Link Termination Fiber-Optic Cabling OSC link termination cabling include the following characteristics: The OPT-BST and OSC-CSM cards are the only cards that directly interface with the line (span) •...
  • Page 443: Osc Link Termination Fiber-Optic Cabling

    RS-232 LINK LINK TCP/IP TCP/IP Side A OPT-BST LINE RX to Side B OPT-BST or Side B OSCM TX to Side B OPT-BST OSC RX OSC-CSM LINE TX on adjacent node Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-43 78-18343-02...
  • Page 444 Figure 9-34 shows an example of a hub node with cabling. In the example, OSCM cards are installed. If OSC-CSM cards are installed, they are usually installed in Slots 1 and 17. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-44 78-18343-02...
  • Page 445: Hub Node Fiber-Optic Cabling

    Side B 32DMX-O COM RX to Side B OPT-PRE COM TX Side A DCU RX to Side A OPT-PRE DC TX Side B 32MUX-O COM TX to Side B OPT-BST COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-45 78-18343-02...
  • Page 446: Terminal Node Fiber-Optic Cabling

    Side B OSC-CSM or OPT-BST COM RX port. • If an Side B OPT-PRE card is installed: The Side B OSC-CSM or OPT-BST COM TX port is connected to the Side B OPT-PRE COM – RX port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-46 78-18343-02...
  • Page 447: Figure 9-35 Fibering A Line Amplifier Node

    DCU-xxx West DCU-xxx East TCC2 OSCM OSCM TCC2 FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL CRIT CRIT SYNC SYNC LAMP TEST LAMP TEST RS-232 RS-232 LINK LINK TCP/IP TCP/IP Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-47 78-18343-02...
  • Page 448: Osc Regeneration Node

    The Side A OSC-CSM COM RX port connects to the Side B OSC-CSM COM TX port. • Slots 2 through 5 and 12 through 16 can be used for TXP and MXP cards. • Figure 9-36 shows an example of an OSC regeneration node with cabling. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-48 78-18343-02...
  • Page 449: Osc Regeneration Node Fiber-Optic Cabling

    9.5.5 OSC Regeneration Node Fiber-Optic Cabling Figure 9-36 Fibering an OSC Regeneration Node TCC2 TCC2 FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL CRIT CRIT SYNC SYNC LAMP TEST LAMP TEST RS-232 RS-232 LINK LINK TCP/IP TCP/IP Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-49 78-18343-02...
  • Page 450 OPT-BST LINE RX on adjacent node 9.5.6 Amplified or Passive OADM Node Fiber-Optic Cabling The two sides of the OADM node do not need to be symmetrical. On each side, Cisco TransportPlanner can create one of the following four configurations: OPT-BST and OPT-PRE •...
  • Page 451: Amplified Or Passive Oadm Node Fiber-Optic Cabling

    OADM node with AD-1C-xx.x cards installed. Figure 9-37 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Note Cisco TransportPlanner Internal Connections table for your site. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-51 78-18343-02...
  • Page 452 Side B TXP_MR_2.5G DWDM RX to Side B AD-1C-xx.x (15xx.xx) TX Side A OPT-BST COM TX to Side A OPT-PRE Side B TXP_MR_2.5G DWDM TX to Side B COM RX AD-1C-xx.x (15xx.xx) RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-52 78-18343-02...
  • Page 453 1. If a DCU is not installed, a 4-dB attenuator loop, +/ 1 dB, must be installed between the OPT-PRE DC ports. Figure 9-38 shows an example of a passive OADM node with two AD-1C-xx.x cards installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-53 78-18343-02...
  • Page 454 Side B AD-1C-xx.x COM TX to Side B OSC-CSM COM TX COM RX Side A OSC-CSM EXP TX to Side B AD-1C-xx.x Side B AD-1C-xx.x COM RX to Side B OSC-CSM EXP RX COM TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-54 78-18343-02...
  • Page 455 Figure 9-39 shows an example of an amplified ROADM node with cabling. Figure 9-39 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco Note TransportPlanner Internal Connections table for your site. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 456: Roadm Node Fiber-Optic Cabling

    Side B 32DMX COM RX to Side B 32WSS DROP TX Side A OPT-BST COM TX to Side A OPT-PRE Side B 32WSS COM RX to Side B OPT-PRE COM RX COM TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-56 78-18343-02...
  • Page 457 Every path introduces a different penalty on the signal that crosses it. • Client interfaces add their signal to the ONS 15454 DWDM ring with different power levels. • To support ANS, integrated VOAs and photodiodes are provided in the following cards: •...
  • Page 458: Automatic Node Setup

    ONS 15454 ANS parameters set the values required for the node to operate successfully. Cisco TransportPlanner calculates the ANS parameters based on the requirements for a planned network. Cisco TransportPlanner exports the parameters to an ASCII, NE Update file. The NE Update file can Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 459 “Unknown” is displayed in the Value column. Origin—Indicates how the parameter was calculated: • Default—The value is the default provided with the node. – Calculated—The value was calculated by Cisco TransportPlanner. – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-59 78-18343-02...
  • Page 460 Def—Default value in decibels. Other defaults include MC (metro core), CG (control gain), U (unknown). • Optical Type—Parameter optical type: T (Terminal), FC (flexible channel count terminal), O (OADM), H (hub), L (line amplifier), R (ROADM), or U (unknown). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-60 78-18343-02...
  • Page 461: Table 9-11 Provisioning > Ans-Wdm > Provisioning Tab Parameters

    CTC when you are in node view: Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Internal Patchcords > Functional View An example of the functional view for an eight-sided node is shown in Figure 9-41. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-61 78-18343-02...
  • Page 462: Figure 9-41 Functional View For An Eight-Sided Node

    The right-hand pane is a graphical view of the sides in the shelf. In the case of Figure 9-41, there are eight sides (A through H). Side A is located as shown in the figure. All of the cards in each side are grouped together. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-62 78-18343-02...
  • Page 463 Double-click a side to show the details of that side. For example, if you double-click Side A in Figure 9-41, the result is as shown in Figure 9-42. Figure 9-42 Side A Details Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-63 78-18343-02...
  • Page 464: Using The Graphical Display

    OPT-BST card in Side A, the tooltip text displays sh1/s1 (OPT-BST), indicating that the OPT-BST card for Side A is located in Shelf 1, Slot 1. See Figure 9-43. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-64 78-18343-02...
  • Page 465: Figure 9-43 Side A Opt-Bst Card Shelf And Slot Information

    (wavelengths 1 to 8) to be added into the optical path at the 40-MUX card. These wavelengths come into the 40-MUX card from a transponder (TXP) or muxponder (MXP) on an MPO connector, which contains eight integrated optical fibers. See Figure 9-44. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-65 78-18343-02...
  • Page 466: Figure 9-44 Side A 40-Mux Port Information

    Chapter 9 Node Reference 9.7.2 Using the Graphical Display Figure 9-44 Side A 40-MUX Port Information Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-66 78-18343-02...
  • Page 467: Figure 9-45 Patchcord Input And Output Port State Information

    Move the mouse over a patchcord to see the state of the output and input port associated with that patchcord. See Figure 9-45. Figure 9-45 Patchcord Input and Output Port State Information Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-67 78-18343-02...
  • Page 468: Displaying Mpo Information

    40-WXC card. To view the connections to the MXP card from the 40-MUX card, double-click the MPO icon. Figure 9-47 shows the MPO icon before double-clicking it and Figure 9-48 shows the result after double-clicking it. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-68 78-18343-02...
  • Page 469: Figure 9-47 Side A Mpo Connection To An Mxp Before Double-Clicking

    Rotate Left—Rotates the side 90 degrees counterclockwise (all connections are maintained). • Rotate Right—Rotates the side 90 degrees clockwise (all connections are maintained). • Horizontal Flip—Flips the side horizontally (all connections are maintained). • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-69 78-18343-02...
  • Page 470: Selecting Circuits

    When the Circuits tab is selected, the circuits for the functional view are shown. The patchcord lines in the graphical display are normally black in color. A patchcord line becomes green only when you select a circuit associated with the patchcord that carries the selected circuit. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-70 78-18343-02...
  • Page 471: Figure 9-51 Optical Path Power

    To show the optical power present in an optical path, move the mouse over the desired optical path (green line). A tooltip shows the power along the optical path in dBm (see Figure 9-51). Figure 9-51 Optical Path Power Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 9-71 78-18343-02...
  • Page 472: Non-Dwdm (Tdm) Networks

    Procedure Guide. For information on how to configure the PSM behavior, see the “DLP-G694 Configure the PSM” section in “Turn Up a Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. When the ANS application is launched, amplifier ports move into IS state and Gain Setpoint is automatically calculated by the card, after initial APR cycle.
  • Page 473 10.7 Network Optical Safety, page 10-18 • 10.8 Network-Level Gain—Tilt Management of Optical Amplifiers, page 10-28 • 10.9 Optical Data Rate Derivations, page 10-34 • 10.10 Even Band Management, page 10-36 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-1 78-18343-02...
  • Page 474: Chapter 10 Network Reference

    10.1 Network Applications 10.1 Network Applications Cisco ONS 15454 nodes can be provisioned for metro core DWDM network applications. Metro core networks often include multiple spans and amplifiers, so the optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) is the limiting factor for channel performance.
  • Page 475: Figure 10-1 Hubbed Traffic Topology

    Multihop traffic can be provisioned on this ring. From a transmission point of view, this network topology is similar to two or more point-to-point links with OADM nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 476: Any-To-Any Traffic Topology

    (with or without optical service channel [OSC] regeneration) or optical amplifier nodes. This topology potentially allows you to route every wavelength from any source to any destination node inside the network. See the “9.1.4 ROADM Node” section on page 9-12 for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-4 78-18343-02...
  • Page 477: Meshed Traffic Topology

    OADM node. For more information about OADM nodes, see the “9.1.3 OADM Node” section on page 9-8. For more information about anti-ASE nodes, see the “9.1.5 Anti-ASE Node” section on page 9-15. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 478: Linear Networks

    Amplified OADM Passive OADM Figure 10-6 shows five ONS 15454 nodes in a linear configuration without an OADM node. See the “9.1.2 Terminal Node” section on page 9-5 for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 479: Mesh Networks

    40-WSS-C/40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, and 32WSS cards in the same mesh network without impacting system performance. For nodes equipped with 32WSS cards, the maximum system capacity is 32 channels. Terminal sites are connected to the mesh network as a spur. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-7 78-18343-02...
  • Page 480: Figure 10-8 Mesh Network

    For information on node configurations for both native mesh and multiring networks, see the “9.4 Configuring Mesh DWDM Networks” section on page 9-30. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-8 78-18343-02...
  • Page 481: Figure 10-9 Multiring Network

    The maximum number of nodes that can be in an ONS 15454 DWDM network is 16. The DWDM topologies and node types that are supported are shown Table 10-1.
  • Page 482: Automatic Power Control

    The TCC2/TCC2P compares the actual amplifier output power with the expected amplifier output power and modifies the setpoints if any discrepancies occur. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 483: Apc At The Amplifier Card Level

    As a consequence, the gain to span loss established at amplifier start-up is no longer satisfied, as shown in Figure 10-10. Figure 10-10 Using Amplifier Gain Adjustment to Compensate for System Degradation Node 1 Node 2 P out2 out1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 484 – – Hub node – Cross-connect (XC) termination mesh node – Line termination mesh node APC domains are shown in both Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) and Transaction Language One • (TL1). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 485 If no margin is available, adjustments cannot be made because setpoints exceed the ranges. APC communicates the event to CTC, Cisco Transport Manager (CTM), and TL1 through an APC Fail condition. APC clears the APC fail condition when the setpoints return to the allowed ranges.
  • Page 486: Managing Apc

    When APC is disabled, aging compensation is not applied and circuits cannot be activated. Do not disable APC unless it is required for specific maintenance or troubleshooting tasks. Always enable APC as soon as the tasks are completed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 487: Figure 10-11 Automatic Power Control

    Force APC Correction button helps to restore normal conditions by clearing the APC Correction Skipped alarm. The Force APC Correction button must be used under the Cisco TAC surveillance since its misuse can lead to traffic loss. The Force APC Correction button is available in the Card View > Maintenance > APC tab pane in CTC for the following cards: •...
  • Page 488: Roadm Power Equalization Monitoring

    A-B, C-D, E-F, or G-H (Figure 10-12). The tab shows the input channel power (Padd), the express or pass-through power (Ppt) and the power level at output (Pout). Figure 10-12 ROADM Power Monitoring Subtab Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 489: Span Loss Verification

    1 dB. The minimum and maximum expected span loss values are calculated by Cisco TransportPlanner for the network and imported into CTC. However, you can manually change the minimum and expected span loss values.
  • Page 490: Figure 10-13 Span Loss Verification

    (LOS) occur. It automatically restarts when the conditions that caused the outage are resolved. Auto Restart is the default ALS provisioning for OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 491: Automatic Laser Shutdown

    It emits a nine-second laser pulse with an automatic power reduction to +8 dBm. This level assures that Hazard Level 1 is not exceeded, for personnel safety, Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-19...
  • Page 492: Fiber Cut Scenarios

    Nodes using OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C cards (amplified nodes) • Nodes using DCN extensions 10.7.3.1 Scenario 1: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E Cards Figure 10-14 shows nodes using OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E cards with a fiber cut between them. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 493: Figure 10-14 Nodes Using Opt-Bst/Opt-Bst-E Cards

    The OPT-PRE card automatically shuts down due to a loss of incoming optical power. The Node A power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS-O on the OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E card and the OSCM card detects a LOS (OC3) at the SONET layer. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.
  • Page 494: Scenario 2: Fiber Cut In Nodes Using Osc-Csm Cards

    On the OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E, the simultaneous LOS-O and LOS-P detection triggers a command to shut down the amplifier. CTC reports an LOS alarm (loss of continuity), while LOS-O and LOS-P are demoted. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. The OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E card amplifier is shut down within one second.
  • Page 495: Figure 10-15 Nodes Using Osc-Csm Cards

    On the OSC-CSM, the simultaneous LOS-O and LOS-P detection triggers a change in the position of the optical switch. CTC reports a LOS alarm (loss of continuity), while LOS-O and LOS-P are demoted. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. The optical switch blocks outgoing traffic.
  • Page 496: Figure 10-16 Nodes Using Opt-Bst-L Cards

    On the OSC-CSM, the simultaneous LOS-O and LOS-P detection triggers a change in the position of the optical switch. CTC reports a LOS alarm (loss of continuity), while LOS-O and LOS-P are demoted. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. The OSC laser is shut down.
  • Page 497: Opt-Line Mode) Cards

    The Node A power monitoring photodiode detects an LOS-O on the OPT-BST-L card and the OSCM card detects an LOS (OC3) at the SONET layer. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. The Node A power monitoring photodiode detects an LOS-P on the OPT-BST-L card. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.
  • Page 498: Figure 10-17 Nodes Using Opt-Amp Cards

    The OSCM card laser is shut down. The Node A power monitoring photodiode detects an LOS-O on the OPT-AMP-L card and the OSCM card detects an LOS (OC3) at the SONET layer. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.
  • Page 499: Figure 10-18 Fiber Cut With Dcn Extension

    On the OPT-AMP-L card, the simultaneous LOS-O and LOS-P detection triggers a command to shut down the amplifier. CTC reports an LOS alarm (loss of continuity), while LOS-O and LOS-P are demoted. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. The OPT-AMP-L card amplifier is shut down within one second.
  • Page 500: Network-Level Gain—Tilt Management Of Optical Amplifiers

    ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for alarm troubleshooting procedures. On the OPT-BST, the LOS-P detection triggers a command to shut down the amplifier. CTC reports an LOS alarm (loss of continuity), while LOS-P is demoted. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.
  • Page 501: Gain Tilt Control At The Card Level

    The OPT-BST and OPT-PRE amplifier cards have a flat output (gain tilt = 0 dB) for only a specific gain value (Gdesign), based on the internal optical design (see Figure 10-20). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-29 78-18343-02...
  • Page 502 1552 1560 1560 Wavelength [nm] Wavelength [nm] The VOA attenuator automatic regulation guarantees (within limits) a zero tilt condition in the EDFA for a wide range of possible gain setpoint values. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 503: Table 10-2 Flat Output Gain Range Limits

    • OPT-BST—The OPT-BST amplifier is, by design, not allowed to work outside the zero tilt range. Cisco TransportPlanner network designs use the OPT-BST amplifier card only when the gain is less than or equal to 20 dB. OPT-PRE—Cisco TransportPlanner allows network designs even if the operating gain value is equal •...
  • Page 504 Unregulated Tilt Provisioned Tilt The proper Tilt Reference value is calculated by Cisco TransportPlanner and inserted in the Installation Parameter List imported during the node turn-up process (see the “Turn Up a Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide). For both OPT-PRE and OPT-BST cards, the provisionable Gain Tilt Reference range is between –3 dB and +3 dB.
  • Page 505: Figure 10-23 Cisco Transportplanner Installation Parameters

    Both gain tilt and gain ripple are completely compensated using the following techniques: Implementing the per-channel VOAs present inside the 32WSS card • Operating in Power Control Mode with the specific power setpoint designed by • Cisco TransportPlanner Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-33 78-18343-02...
  • Page 506: Optical Data Rate Derivations

    10.9.3 10G FC Data Rate (10.51875 Gbps) The Fibre Channel rate is based on the OC-192 rate of 9.95328 Gbps, with the addition of 64-bit to 66-bit encoding and WAN Interconnect Sublayer (WIS) overhead bytes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-34 78-18343-02...
  • Page 507: Figure 10-25 Itu-T G.709 Frame Structure

    16 times above the capacity of the RS(255,239) algorithm by itself. ITU-T G.709 defines the Optical Transport Unit 2 (OTU2) rate as 10.70923 Gbps. ITU-T G.709 defines three line rates: 2,666,057.143 kbps—Optical Transport Unit 1 (OTU1) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-35 78-18343-02...
  • Page 508: Oc-192 Packaged Into Otu2 G.709 Frame Data Rate (10.70923 Gbps)

    40 odd channels) and 32 L-band odd channels, for a maximum of 112 channels. The following channel coverage combinations are possible: 72 C-band channels, using the 32WSS, 32DMX, 40-WSS-CE, and 40-DMX-CE cards • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-36 78-18343-02...
  • Page 509 The other part of the signal goes to the next 32WSS-L card or 40_DMX-CE card, where the channels can be passed through or blocked, and channels can be added to the stream from the client equipment. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-37 78-18343-02...
  • Page 510: Figure 10-26 104-Channel C-Band Plus L-Band Roadm Node

    ..Preamp Amplifier 32WSS-L 32WSS-L Preamp Booster ..Amplifier 32DMX-L Add Odd Channels ..Drop Odd Channels Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-38 78-18343-02...
  • Page 511: Figure 10-27 112-Channel C-Band Plus L-Band Roadm Node

    ..Preamp Amplifier 32WSS-L 32WSS-L Booster Preamp ..Amplifier 32DMX-L Add Odd Channels ..Drop Odd Channels Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-39 78-18343-02...
  • Page 512 Chapter 10 Network Reference 10.10 Even Band Management Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 10-40 78-18343-02...
  • Page 513: Figure 11-1 Optical Channel Circuits

    Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454" refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Note 11.1 Optical Channel Circuits The ONS 15454 DWDM optical circuits provide end-to-end connectivity using three OCH circuit types: Optical Channel Network Connections (OCHNC) • Optical Channel Client Connections (OCHCC) •...
  • Page 514: Table 11-1 Ochnc Ports

    (MXP), GE_XP (in layer-1 DWDM mode), 10GE_XP (in layer-1 DWDM mode), or ITU-T line card. The OCHCCs can manage splitter protection as a single protected circuit. However, for the Y-Cable protection, two OCHCC circuits and two protection groups are required. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-2 78-18343-02...
  • Page 515: Ochcc Circuits

    Any client port Any trunk port MXPs GE_XP 10GE_XP ADM-10G ITU-T line cards: Any trunk port Any trunk port OC48/STM64 EH • OC192 SR/STM64 • • MRC-12 • MRC-2.5-12 • MRC-2.5G-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 516 OCH-10G cards and GE_XP and 10GE_XP when they are provisioned in Layer 2 Over DWDM mode. The OCH trail ANSI/ETSI administrative states include: IS/Unlocked • • IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService • OOS,DSBLD/Locked,disabled Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-4 78-18343-02...
  • Page 517: Ochnc Circuits

    OCHCC circuit (for example, you change an optical transport section (OTS) port to OOS,DSBLD/Locked,disabled), Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) suppresses the loss of service (LOS) alarms on the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, or ITU-T line card trunk ports and raises a Trail Signal Fail condition.
  • Page 518: Creating And Deleting Ochccs

    Internal patchcords provide virtual links between the two sides of a DWDM shelf, either in single-shelf or multishelf mode. They are viewed and managed on the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Internal Patchcords tab (Figure 11-3). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 519: Figure 11-3 Internal Patchcords Tab

    If an OTS-to-OTS PPC is created between nodes, it will no longer function if the node Security Mode Note mode is enabled (see the “DLP-G264 Enable Node Security Mode” task in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide). The reason for this is that if the Secure mode is enabled, it is no longer possible for the DCN extension feature to use the LAN interface to extend the internal network (due to the network isolation in this configuration mode).
  • Page 520: Table 11-3 Internal Patchcord Ports

    COM-RX DC-TX DC-RX OSCM — — COM-TX OSC-CSM COM-RX OSC-TX OSC-RX 32MUX — Any CHAN RX port COM-TX 32MUX-O 40-MUX-C 32DMX — Any CHAN TX port COM-RX 32DMX-L 32DMX-O 40-DMX-C 40-DMX-CE Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-8 78-18343-02...
  • Page 521 PPCs are created and managed from the network view Provisioning > Provisionable Patchcord (PPC) tab (Figure 11-4), or from the node view (single-shelf mode) or multiself view (multishelf mode) Provisioning > Comm Channel > PPC tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-9 78-18343-02...
  • Page 522: Figure 11-4 Network View Provisionable Patchcords Tab

    OCH-Trunk to OCH-Filter—Creates a PPC between a OCH trunk port on a TXP, MXP, GE_XP, • 10GE_XP, ADM-10G, or ITU-T line card and an OCH filter port on a multiplexer, demultiplexer, or wavelength selective switch card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 523: Table 11-4 Provisionable Patchcord Ports

    Any CHAN RX port 32MUX-O 40-MUX-C 32DMX — — Any CHAN TX port 32DMX-L 32DMX-O 40-DMX-C 40-DMX-CE 32WSS — — Any ADD port 32WSS-L 40-WSS-C 40-WSS-CE 40-WXC-C — COM RX — COM TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 524 Trunk-to-trunk connections require compatible wavelengths if the port is equipped. A check is • automatically performed during patchcord provisioning to ensure wavelength compatibility of ports. For connections involving one or more preprovisioned ports, no compatibility check is performed. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 11-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 525 Cisco Transport Controller Operation This chapter describes Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), the software interface for the Cisco ONS 15454. For CTC setup and login information, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies.
  • Page 526: C H A P T E R 12 Cisco Transport Controller Operation

    CTC Software Versions, Node View (Single-Shelf Mode) Software tab Maintenance tab Select the Maintenance > Software tabs in network view to display the software versions installed on all the network nodes (Figure 12-2). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-2 78-18343-02...
  • Page 527: Figure 12-2 Ctc Software Versions, Network View

    Unreachable nodes are not included in the upgrade discovery. Upgrading the CTC software will overwrite your existing software. You must restart CTC after the Note upgrade is complete. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 528: Ctc Installation Overview

    VT100 emulation software, or you can telnet to an ONS 15454 using TL1 port 3083. Refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide or Cisco ONS 15454 SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SDH TL1 Command Guide for a comprehensive list of TL1 commands.
  • Page 529: Pc And Unix Workstation Requirements

    To avoid network performance issues, Cisco recommends managing a maximum of 50 nodes Note concurrently with CTC. The 50 nodes can be on a single DCC or split across multiple DCCs. Cisco does not recommend running multiple CTC sessions when managing two or more large networks.
  • Page 530: Table 12-2 Computer Requirements For Ctc

    ONS 15454 directly or through a LAN. User-supplied cross-over CAT-5 cable to the DCN port on the ONS 15454 patch panel or to the Catalyst 2950 (multishelf mode). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 531: Table 12-3 Ons 15454 Connection Methods

    • The ONS 15454 must be physically connected to the corporate LAN. The CTC computer must be connected • to the corporate LAN that has connectivity to the ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-7 78-18343-02...
  • Page 532: Ons 15454 Connections

    From the CTC window, you can display the other ONS 15454 views. In single-shelf mode, these are the network, node, and card views. In multishelf mode, these are the network, multishelf, shelf, and card views. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-8 78-18343-02...
  • Page 533: Ctc Window

    Node View (Default Login View for Single-Shelf Mode) Menu bar Tool bar Status area Top pane Graphic area Tabs Subtabs Bottom pane Status bar Figure 12-4 Multishelf View (Default Login View for Multishelf Mode) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-9 78-18343-02...
  • Page 534: Table 12-4 Multishelf View (Multishelf Mode), Node View (Single-Shelf Mode), And Shelf View (Multishelf Mode) Card

    (Multishelf Mode) Card Colors Card Color Status Gray Slot is not provisioned; no card is installed. Violet Slot is provisioned; no card is installed. White Slot is provisioned; a functioning card is installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 535: Node View (Multishelf Mode), Node View (Single-Shelf Mode), And Shelf View (Multishelf Mode)

    Port color in card view, node view (single-shelf mode), and shelf view (multishelf mode) indicates the port service state. Table 12-7 lists the port colors and their service states. For more information about port service states, see Appendix B, “Administrative and Service States.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 536: Figure 12-5 Terminal Loopback Indicator

    TL1 RTRV-COND command. The AINS port will automatically transition to IS-NR/Unlocked-enabled when a signal is received for the length of time provisioned in the soak field. Figure 12-5 Terminal Loopback Indicator Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 537: Multishelf View Card Shortcuts

    Circuits Creates, deletes, edits, and maps circuits. Circuits, Rolls Provisioning Provisions the ONS 15454 multishelf node. General, Network, OSI, Security, SNMP, Comm Channels, Alarm Profiles, Defaults, WDM-ANS Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 538: Table 12-8 Multishelf View Tabs And Subtabs

    Circuits, Rolls Provisioning Provisions the ONS 15454 single-shelf or Single-shelf mode: General, multishelf node. Network, OSI, Security, SNMP, Comm Channels, Alarm Profiles, Defaults, WDM-ANS Multishelf mode: General, Protection, Timing, Alarm Profiles Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 539: Node View (Single-Shelf Mode) Or Shelf View (Multishelf Mode) Tabs

    Network view allows you to view and manage ONS 15454s that have DCC connections to the node that you logged into and any login node groups you have selected (Figure 12-7). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 540: Figure 12-7 Network In Ctc Network View

    Displays a list of standing conditions on the — network. History Provides a history of network alarms including — date, type, and severity of each alarm. Circuits Creates, deletes, edits, filters, and searches for — network circuits. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 541: Network View Tabs

    (OTS), and PPC links shown in the network view into a more streamlined view. Link consolidation allows you to condense multiple inter-nodal links into a single link. The link Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 542: Dcc Links

    Note form instead of detailed form, meaning that the nodes appear as rectangles with ports on the sides. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for more information about consolidated links. 12.5.4 Card View The card view provides information about individual ONS 15454 cards. Use this window to perform...
  • Page 543: Card View

    Card (displays alarms and events retrieved from a fixed-size log on the card) Circuits Creates, deletes, edits, and search circuits. — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 544: Table 12-14 Card View Tabs And Subtabs

    The CTC Launcher application is an executable file, StartCTC.exe, that is provided on Software Release 8.5 CDs for Cisco ONS products. You can use CTC Launcher to log into multiple ONS nodes that are running CTC Software Release 3.3 or higher, without using a web browser. The CTC launcher application provides an advantage particularly when you have more than one NE version on the network, because it allows you to pick from all available CTC software versions.
  • Page 545: Figure 12-9 Static Ip-Over-Clns Tunnels

    ENE 1 through other vendor GNE 1 to a DCN router, and a static GRE tunnel is created from ONS ENE 2 to the other vender, GNE 2. For both static tunnels, provisioning is required on the ONS ENEs. In addition, a Cisco IP tunnel must be provisioned on the DCN router and a GRE tunnel provisioned on GNE 2.
  • Page 546: Figure 12-10 Tl1 Tunnels

    Both tunnel types provide good traffic control Security setup Complex No setup Static IP-over-CLNS tunnels require careful planning. Because needed TL1 tunnels are carried by TL1, no security provisioning is needed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 547: Tcc2/Tcc2P Card Reset

    TCC2/TCC2P fails. You can also store a backup version of the database on the workstation running CTC. This Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 12-23...
  • Page 548: Software Revert

    Internet Inter-ORB Protocol (IIOP) port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new node name. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.
  • Page 549: User Ids And Security Levels

    13.1 User IDs and Security Levels The Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) ID is provided with the ONS 15454 system, but the system does not display the user ID when you sign into CTC. This ID can be used to set up other ONS 15454 users.
  • Page 550: Chapter 13 Security Reference

    Refer to IEC 60825-2 for international laser safety standards, or to ANSI Z136.1 for U.S. laser safety standards. The Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide explains how users can disable laser safety during maintenance or installation; when following these procedures, adhere to all posted warnings and cautions to avoid unsafe conditions or abnormal exposure to optical radiation.
  • Page 551: Table 13-1 Ons 15454 Security Levels-Node View

    TARP: Config: Edit — — — TARP: Static TDC: — — Add/Edit/Delete TARP: MAT: Add/Edit/Remove — — Routers: Setup: Edit — — — Routers: Subnets: — — Edit/Enable/Disable Tunnels: Create/Edit/Delete — — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 13-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 552 — Provisioning: Reset Internal Patchcords: — — Create/Edit/Delete/Commit/ Default Patchcords Port Status: Launch ANS — — — Node Setup: Setup/Edit Optical Side: Create/Edit/Delete X Inventory — Delete — — Reset — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 13-4 78-18343-02...
  • Page 553: Table 13-2 Ons 15454 Security Levels-Network View

    Table 13-2 ONS 15454 Security Levels—Network View CTC Tab Subtab [Subtab]: Actions Retrieve Maintenance Provisioning Superuser Alarms — Synchronize/Filter/Delete cleared alarms Conditions — Retrieve/Filter History — Filter Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 13-5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 554: Security Policies

    Superusers can provision security policies on the ONS 15454. These security policies include idle user timeouts, password changes, password aging, and user lockout parameters. In addition, Superusers can access the ONS 15454 through the TCC2/TCC2P RJ-45 port, the backplane LAN connection, or both. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 13-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 555: Table 13-3 Ons 15454 Default User Idle Times

    These privileges can be set only through CTC network element (NE) defaults, except the PM clearing privilege, which can be granted to Provisioning users using CTC Provisioning> Security > Access tabs. For more information on setting up Superuser privileges, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 556: Table 13-4 Audit Trail Window Columns

    This record shows who has accessed the system and what operations were performed during a given period of time. The log includes authorized Cisco logins and logouts using the operating system command line interface, CTC, and TL1; the log also includes FTP actions, circuit creation/deletion, and user/system generated actions.
  • Page 557: Audit Trail Capacities

    RADIUS uses a strategy known as authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) for verifying the identity of, granting access to, and tracking the actions of remote users. To configure RADIUS authentication, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. 13.4.1 RADIUS Authentication RADIUS is a system of distributed security that secures remote access to networks and network services against unauthorized access.
  • Page 558: Table 13-5 Shared Secret Character Groups

    The stronger your shared secret, the more secure the attributes (for example, those used for passwords and encryption keys) that are encrypted with it. An example of a strong shared secret is 8d#>9fq4bV)H7%a3-zE13sW$hIa32M#m<PqAa72(. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 13-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 559 C H A P T E R Timing Reference This chapter provides information about Cisco ONS 15454 users and node timing. To provision timing, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies.
  • Page 560: Chapter 14 Timing Reference

    The CTC Maintenance > Timing > Report tab show current timing information for an ONS 15454, including the timing mode, clock state and status, switch type, and reference data. Mixed timing allows you to select both external and line timing sources. However, Cisco does not Caution recommend its use because it can create timing loops.
  • Page 561 Table 14-2 on page 14-4 show the Generation 1 and Generation 2 message sets. Table 14-1 SSM Generation 1 Message Set Message Quality Description Primary reference source—Stratum 1 Synchronization traceability unknown Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 14-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 562: Table 14-1 Ssm Generation 1 Message Set

    Synchronization traceability unknown Stratum 2 Transit node clock ST3E Stratum 3E Stratum 3 SONET minimum clock Stratum 4 Do not use for timing synchronization — Reserved; quality level set by user Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 14-4 78-18343-02...
  • Page 563 This chapter does not provide a comprehensive explanation of IP networking concepts and procedures, nor does it provide IP addressing examples to meet all networked scenarios. For ONS 15454 networking setup instructions, refer to the “Turn Up a Node” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 564: C H A P T E R 15 Management Network Connectivity

    Scenario 1 shows a basic ONS 15454 LAN configuration (Figure 15-1). The ONS 15454s and CTC computer reside on the same subnet. All ONS 15454s connect to LAN A, and all ONS 15454s have DCC connections. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-2 78-18343-02...
  • Page 565: Figure 15-1 Scenario 1: Ctc And Ons 15454S On Same Subnet (Ansi And Etsi)

    On the CTC computer, the default gateway is set to router interface A. If the LAN uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), the default gateway and IP address are assigned automatically. In the Figure 15-2 example, a DHCP server is not available. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 566: Scenario 3: Using Proxy Arp To Enable An Ons 15454 Gateway

    ONS 15454. When a LAN device sends an ARP request to an ONS 15454 that is not connected to the LAN, the gateway ONS 15454 (the one connected to the LAN) returns its MAC address to the LAN Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-4...
  • Page 567 Ethernet segment. It is important in Figure 15-3 that the CTC workstation be located within the same subnet and on • the same Ethernet segment as the proxy ARP server. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 568 15-4, Node 1 announces to Node 2 and 3 that it can reach the CTC host. Similarly, Node 3 announces that it can reach the ONS 152xx. The ONS 152xx is shown as an example; any network element can be set up as an additional host. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 569: Scenario 4: Default Gateway On Ctc Computer

    ARP is not used because the network includes different subnets. For the CTC computer to communicate with Nodes 2 and 3, Node 1 is entered as the default gateway on the CTC computer. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-7...
  • Page 570: Scenario 5: Using Static Routes To Connect To Lans

    B. Because Nodes 2 and 3 are on different subnets, proxy ARP does not enable Node 1 as a gateway. To connect to CTC computers on LAN A, a static route is created on Node 1. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-8 78-18343-02...
  • Page 571: Figure 15-6 Scenario 5: Static Route With One Ctc Computer Used As A Destination (Ansi And Etsi)

    0.0.0.0. Figure 15-7 shows an example. The IP address of router interface B is entered as the next hop, and the cost (number of hops from source to destination) is 2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-9 78-18343-02...
  • Page 572: Figure 15-7 Scenario 5: Static Route With Multiple Lan Destinations (Ansi And Etsi)

    You can enable OSPF on the ONS 15454s so that the ONS 15454 topology is sent to OSPF routers on a LAN. Advertising the ONS 15454 network topology to LAN routers Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-10...
  • Page 573 ONS 15454 #3 IP Address 192.168.3.20 IP Address 192.168.4.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Default Router = N/A Default Router = N/A Static Routes = N/A Static Routes = N/A Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 574: Scenario 7: Provisioning The Ons 15454 Proxy Server

    NOC LAN. To do this, one ONS 15454 is provisioned as a GNE and the other ONS 15454s are provisioned as end ENEs. The GNE ONS 15454 tunnels connections between CTC computers and ENE ONS 15454s, providing management capability while preventing access for non-ONS 15454 management purposes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 575 ENEs that belong to different private subnetworks do not need to have unique IP addresses. Two ENEs Note that are connected to different GNEs can have the same IP address. However, ENEs that connect to the same GNE must always have unique IP addresses. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 576 ONS 15454 GNEs and ENEs in the configuration shown in Figure 15-10. Table 15-2 ONS 15454 Gateway and End NE Settings Setting ONS 15454 Gateway NE ONS 15454 End NE OSPF Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 577 Router A Interface 0/1 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 Gateway NE End NE 10.10.10.100/24 192.168.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 End NE End NE 192.168.10.250/24 192.168.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.20.20 Optical Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 578 ONS 15454 follows to filter packets for the firewall when nodes are configured as ENEs and GNEs. If the packet is addressed to the ONS 15454, additional rules (shown in Table 15-4) are applied. Rejected packets are silently discarded. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 579: Table 15-3 Proxy Server Firewall Filtering Rules

    GNEs. GNE load balancing reduces the dependency on the launch GNE and DCC bandwidth, both of which enhance CTC performance. Dual GNEs do not need special provisioning Note Figure 15-13 shows a network with dual GNEs on the same subnet. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 580 Router A Interface 0/1 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 Gateway NE Gateway NE 10.10.10.100/24 10.10.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 End NE End NE 10.10.10.250/24 10.10.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.20.20 Optical Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 581: Scenario 9: Ip Addressing With Secure Mode Enabled

    ONS 15454 and causes the node to assign the ports different MAC addresses. In secure mode, one IP address is provisioned for the ONS 15454 backplane LAN port, and the other IP address is Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-19...
  • Page 582 ENE. In repeater mode, an ENE’s SOCKS proxy can be disabled—effectively isolating the node beyond the LAN firewall—but it cannot be disabled in secure mode. To change a node’s GNE or ENE status and disable the SOCKS proxy, refer to the “Turn Up a Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 583 ONS 15454 nodes connected to a router with secure mode enabled. In each example, the node’s TCC2P port address (node address) resides on a different subnet from the node backplane addresses. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 584: Secure Node Locked And Unlocked Behavior

    Superuser can issue a lock. When secure mode is locked, the node’s configuration (including Ethernet port status) and lock status cannot be changed by any network user. To have a secure node’s lock removed, contact Cisco Technical Support to arrange a Return Material Authorization (RMA) for the shelf assembly. See the “Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request”...
  • Page 585: Dcn Case Studies

    If these conditions are not present and no requirement to have direct IP connectivity to every node exists (that is, management is performed using CTC and/or Cisco Transport Manager [CTM]), Cisco recommends that you use the SOCKS proxy only option for all nodes that connect to a DCN router.
  • Page 586: Management Of Non-Lan Connected Multishelf Node

    LNE must be set up as a SOCKS proxy. For procedures to provision a node or shelf as a GNE, ENE or SOCKS proxy, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. 15.3.4 DCN Case Study 1: Ring Topology with Two Subnets and Two DCN...
  • Page 587: Dcn Case Study 1 Ip Configuration

    The following sections show sample IP configuration at the routers and ONS 15454 nodes in DCN Case Study 1. 15.3.4.1.1 NOC Router Configuration Interface configuration: interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 10.58.46.121 255.255.255.192 no ip directed-broadcast interface Ethernet1/0 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 588 15.3.4.1.3 Router 2 IP Configuration Interface configuration: interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 192.168.20.2 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast interface Ethernet1/0 ip address 192.168.200.1 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 589: Table 15-5 Dcn Case Study 1 Node Ip Addresses

    IP routing, have connectivity to every NE, and require only CTC/CTM management, the SOCKS proxy feature can be used to provide the same DCN connectivity resilience. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-27 78-18343-02...
  • Page 590: Dcn Case Study 2: Linear Topology With Dcn Connections On Both Ends

    15.3.5.1.1 NOC Router IP Configuration Interface configuration: interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 10.58.46.121 255.255.255.192 no ip directed-broadcast interface Ethernet1/0 ip address 192.168.20.1 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast interface Ethernet2/0 ip address 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 591 Ethernet0/0 ip address 192.168.20.2 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast interface Ethernet1/0 ip address 192.168.100.2 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast GRE tunnel interface configuration: interface Tunnel0 ip address 192.168.30.2 255.255.255.0 tunnel source Ethernet1/0 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-29 78-18343-02...
  • Page 592: Table 15-6 Dcn Case Study 2 Node Ip Addresses

    OSPF areas, the tunnel connections, and the required OSPF virtual link. (The physical connections where the tunnels are passed are not shown in the figure because they are not directly part of the actual routing path.) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 593: Dcn Case Study 3 Ip Configurations

    The following sections provide sample IP configurations at routers and ONS 15454 nodes for DCN Case Study 3. 15.3.6.1.1 NOC Router IP Configuration Interface configuration: interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 10.58.46.121 255.255.255.192 no ip directed-broadcast interface Ethernet1/0 ip address 192.168.20.1 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-31 78-18343-02...
  • Page 594 Tunnel110 ip address 192.168.110.2 255.255.255.0 tunnel source Ethernet0/0 tunnel destination 192.168.10.1 OSPF and static routing configuration: router ospf 1 log-adjacency-changes network 192.168.100.0 0.0.0.255 area 100 network 192.168.110.0 0.0.0.255 area 100 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-32 78-18343-02...
  • Page 595: Table 15-7 Dcn Case Study 3 Node Ip Addresses

    OSPF Area Range Table: 192.168.100.79/32 - Area 0.0.0.1 • 192.168.100.78/32 - Area 0.0.0.1 • 192.168.100.77/32 - Area 0.0.0.1 • Virtual Link Table: 1.1.1.1 Node 2 192.168.100.79/24 0.0.0.0 DCC/OSC/GCC area: 0.0.0.1 OSPF disabled on LAN Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-33 78-18343-02...
  • Page 596: Dcn Case Study 3 Limitations

    DCN failure occurs. However, the alternate paths might overload the router routing tables and carry a higher cost because all alternate paths are host-based due to the fact the ONS 15454s reside in the same subnet. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-34 78-18343-02...
  • Page 597: Figure 15-21 Dcn Case Study 4: Two Linear Cascaded Topologies With Two Dcn Connections

    192.168.100.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.20.2 100 ip route 192.168.100.77 255.255.255.255 192.168.20.2 10 ip route 192.168.100.77 255.255.255.255 192.168.10.2 20 ip route 192.168.100.78 255.255.255.255 192.168.20.2 ip route 192.168.100.78 255.255.255.255 192.168.10.2 10 ip route 192.168.100.79 255.255.255.255 192.168.20.2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-35 78-18343-02...
  • Page 598 GRE tunnel interface configuration: interface Tunnel0 ip address 192.168.30.2 255.255.255.0 tunnel source Ethernet1/0 tunnel destination 192.168.100.1 Static routes with alternate paths at different costs: ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.20.1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-36 78-18343-02...
  • Page 599: Dcn Case Study 4 Limitations

    15.4 DCN Extension ONS 15454 DWDM networks require a communication channel to exchange data among the different nodes within the network. Until Software Release 7.0, the only usable channel was the optical service channel (OSC) provided by the OSCM and OSC-CSM cards.
  • Page 600: Figure 15-22 Network Using Osc

    (NOC) and all nodes can communicate with each other using external DCN. The NOC is connected to each node through the external DCN. Since nodes do not have OSC connectivity, you must Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-38...
  • Page 601: Figure 15-24 Network Using Gcc/Dcc

    You must manually provision the adjacency of nodes inorder to configure the correct topology. Refer to the “Create Circuits and Provisionable Patchcords” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for instructions on how to provision DCN extension for a network using GCC/DCC.
  • Page 602: Table 15-9 Sample Routing Table Entries

    Interface (pdcc0) indicates that a DCC interface is used to reach the destination host. • Entry 5 shows a DCC-connected node that is accessible through a node that is not directly connected: • Destination (172.20.214.94) is the destination host IP address. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-40 78-18343-02...
  • Page 603: Table 15-10 Ports Used By The Tcc2/Tcc2P

    9100 EQM port 9401 TCC boot port 9999 Flash manager 10240-12287 Proxy client 57790 Default TCC listener port 1. D = deny, NA = not applicable, OK = do not deny Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-41 78-18343-02...
  • Page 604: Open Gne

    IP address allows the far-end, non-ONS node to identify itself with any IP address; if you set an IP address other than 0.0.0.0, a link is established only if the far-end node identifies itself with that IP address, providing an extra level of security. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-42 78-18343-02...
  • Page 605 GCC network. Proxy and firewall tunnels are useful in this example because the GNE would otherwise block IP access between the PC and the foreign node. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-43 78-18343-02...
  • Page 606 ENE Ethernet port. Proxy and firewall tunnels are useful in this example because the GNE would otherwise block IP access between the PC and foreign node. This configuration also requires a firewall tunnel on the ENE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-44 78-18343-02...
  • Page 607: Tcp/Ip And Osi Networking

    NE. This scenario requires TXPs/MXPs whose client interfaces can be provisioned in section or line termination mode. These include: TXP_MR_2.5 and TXPP_MR_2.5 (when equipped with OC-N/STM-N SFPs) • TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E (when the client is configured as OC-192/STM-64) • MXP_2.5_10G and MXP_2.5_10E • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-45 78-18343-02...
  • Page 608: Figure 15-27 Osi/Mstp Scenario

    MSTP TXP/MXP SDCC/RS-DCC OSI over SDCC/RS-DCC Other vendor SONET/SDH OSI/MSTP Scenario 2 (Figure 15-28) is similar to Scenario 1, except the MSTP NEs do not have connectivity to an OSI NMS. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-46 78-18343-02...
  • Page 609: Figure 15-28 Osi/Mstp Scenario

    An OSS has IP connectivity to all the NEs. • The MSTP NE is a GNE for the third-party OSI-based SONET NEs. The MSTP NEs perform all • mediation functions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-47 78-18343-02...
  • Page 610: Figure 15-29 Osi/Mstp Scenario

    The MSTP NE is a GNE for the third-party OSI-based SONET NEs. The MSTP NEs perform all • mediation functions. • The third-party vendor NE is a GNE for the Cisco MSTP network. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-48 78-18343-02...
  • Page 611: Link Management Protocol

    LMP, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. CTM support is not required for LMP. Note LMP is used to establish traffic engineering (TE) links between Cisco ONS 15454 nodes or between Cisco ONS 15454 nodes and selected non-Cisco nodes that use vendor-specific hardware. 15.9.1 Overview LMP manages TE links between nodes through the use of control channels.
  • Page 612: Mpls

    LMP also manages TE links between a node such as an OXC and an adjacent optical line system (OLS) node. An example of an OLS node is an ONS 15454 DWDM node. Networks with routers, switches, OXC nodes, DWDM OLS nodes, and add/drop multiplexers (ADM) use a common control plane such as Generalized Multiprotocol Label Switching (GMPLS) to provision resources and provide network survivability using protection and restoration techniques.
  • Page 613: Configuring Lmp

    To gracefully take down a control channel, the node sets the ControlChannelDown flag in its messages to the other node until either the HelloDeadInterval expires or the other node sends a Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-51...
  • Page 614: Te Link Management

    Layer 2 or Layer 3. Fault management uses the ChannelStatus, ChannelStatusAck, ChannelStatusRequest, and ChannelStatusResponse messages. The LMP Channel Activation/Deactivation Indication procedures are not supported; they are described Note in the IETF LMP document, Sections 6.4 and 6.5. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 15-52 78-18343-02...
  • Page 615: Figure 15-31 Lmp And Lmp-Wdm Relationship

    • Ultra long-haul (ULH) DWDM equipment • LMP and other features allow the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM node to fulfill the ULH DWDM role. Figure 15-32 illustrates the relationship between the network components. 1. LMP-WDM extensions that allow management of links between a peer node and an adjacent OLS node are described in the following IETF document: Internet-Draft, draft-ietf-ccamp-lmp-wdm-03.txt, published as a...
  • Page 616: Figure 15-32 Lmp System Implementation

    Network Address Translation - Protocol Translation (NAT-PT) is positioned between the GNE, such as an ONS 15454 DWDM, and the client workstation. NAT-PT is defined in RFC-2766. IPv4 and IPv6 nodes communicate with each other using NAT-PT by allowing both IPv6 and IPv4 stacks to interface between the IPv6 DCN and the IPv4 DCC networks.
  • Page 617: Overview

    16.9 Threshold Crossing Alert Suppression, page 16-17 16.1 Overview CTC detects and reports alarms generated by the Cisco ONS 15454 and the larger network. You can use CTC to monitor and manage alarms at the card, node, or network level. Default alarm severities conform to the Telcordia GR-474-CORE standard, but you can set alarm severities in customized alarm profiles or suppress CTC alarm reporting.
  • Page 618: Figure 16-1 Shelf Lcd Panel

    Indicates a new alarm; to change this status, click either the Synchronize button or the Delete Cleared Alarms button. Date Date and time of the alarm. Node Shows the name of the node where the condition or alarm occurred. (Visible in network view.) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-2 78-18343-02...
  • Page 619: C H A P T E R 16 Alarm And Tca Monitoring And Management

    16.3.2 Controlling Alarm Display You can control the display of the alarms shown on the Alarms window. Table 16-3 shows the actions you can perform in the Alarms window. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 620: Filtering Alarms

    “Exclude Same Root Cause” check box in the window. Fault conditions include reported alarms and Not Reported or Not Alarmed conditions. Refer to the trouble notifications information in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for more information about alarm and condition classifications.
  • Page 621: Controlling The Conditions Display

    Slot where the condition occurred (appears only in network and node view). Port Port where the condition occurred. For STSTerm and VTTerm, the port refers to the upstream card it is partnered with. Path Width Width of the data path. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 622: Table 16-5 Conditions Column Description

    • The History > Card window is only shown in card view. It shows the alarms and conditions that occurred on the card since CTC software was installed on the node. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 623: Table 16-6 History Column Description

    (that is, network history in the network view, node history in the node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), and card history in the card view). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-7...
  • Page 624: Alarm History And Log Buffer Capacities

    If the alarmed entity has no traffic provisioned on it, no service is lost • Because of this possibility of being raised at two different levels, the alarm profile pane shows Critical as CR / MN and Major as MJ / MN. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-8 78-18343-02...
  • Page 625: Alarm Profiles

    After loading the default profile or another profile on the node, you can clone a profile to create custom profiles. After the new profile is created, the Alarm Profiles window shows the original profile (frequently Default) and the new profile. Figure 16-2 Network View Alarm Profiles Window Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-9 78-18343-02...
  • Page 626: Alarm Profile Buttons

    16.5.2 Alarm Profile Buttons The Alarm Profiles window displays six buttons at the bottom of the screen. Table 16-7 lists and describes each of the alarm profile buttons and their functions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 627: Table 16-7 Alarm Profile Buttons

    • Critical (CR) • Use Default • Inherited • Inherited and Use Default severity levels only appear in alarm profiles. They do not appear when you view alarms, history, or conditions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 628: Row Display Options

    At the card-level view, you can apply profile changes on a port-by-port basis or set alarm profiles for all ports on that card. Figure 16-3 shows alarm profiles for an OPT-BST card. Figure 16-3 OPT-BST Card Alarm Profiles Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 629: External Alarms And Controls

    Local NE alarm severity—A chosen alarm severity (for example, major) and any higher-severity alarm (in this case, critical) causes output closure. Remote NE alarm severity—Similar to local NE alarm severity trigger setting, but applies to – remote alarms. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 630: Virtual Wires

    = External control When using AIC virtual wires, you can: • Assign different external devices to the same virtual wire. • Assign virtual wires as the trigger type for different external controls. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 631: Alarm Suppression

    Use alarm suppression with caution. If multiple CTC or TL1 sessions are open, suppressing the alarms Caution in one session suppresses the alarms in all other open sessions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 632: Figure 16-5 Navigating To Shelf View From Multishelf View

    Conditions tabs also contain a Shelf column that indicates where the alarmed card is located. 16.8.2 Multishelf-Specific Alarming The following sections explain how Ethernet communication alarms and correlated multishelf alarms are processed in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-16...
  • Page 633: Ethernet Communication Alarms

    TXP and MXP trunk ports when they are configured as ITU-T G.709, SONET, or SDH. TCA suppression does not extend to 10GE payloads. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-17...
  • Page 634: G.709, Sonet, And Sdh Tca Groups

    This section lists the TCAs that are suppressed for each alarm. TCA suppression is determined by how framing is configured for TXP and MXP trunks. Table 16-9 lists the TCAs for each type of trunk framing and alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 635: Table 16-9 Tca Suppression Groups

    TCA Suppression Groups Alarm TXP/MXP Trunk Framing TCA Suppressed LOS-P and LOF G.709 BBE-SM ES-SM SES-SM UAS-SM FC-SM ESR-SM SESR-SM BBER-SM BBE-PM ES-PM SES-PM UAS-PM FC-PM ESR-PM SESR-PM BBER-PM BIT-EC UNC-WORDS Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 636 LOS or LOF SONET ES-S SES-S SEFS-S CV-S ES-L SES-L UAS-L CV-L FC-L LOS or LOF RS-ES RS-ESR RS-SES RS-SESR RS-BBR RS-BBER RS-UAS RS-EB MS-ES MS-ESR MS-SES MS-SESR MS-BBR MS-BBER MS-UAS MS-EB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 16-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 637 (OADM), and optical service channel (OSC) cards. Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Note For information about enabling and viewing PM values, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Chapter topics include: •...
  • Page 638: Chapter 17 Performance Monitoring

    Thresholds are used to set error levels for each PM parameter. You can set individual PM threshold values from the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) card view Provisioning tab. For procedures about provisioning card thresholds, such as line and path thresholds, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 639 For ONS 15454 ETSI nodes, Figure 17-2 shows where overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the TXP_MR_10G card. The remaining transponder and muxponder cards perform similarly to this illustration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 640: Optics Pm Window

    In the Historical PM subtab, the Clear button sets the values on the card to zero. All counters on the card are cleared. The Help button activates context sensitive help. Table 17-1 lists the trunk-side and client-side optics PM parameters. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-4 78-18343-02...
  • Page 641: Payload Pm Window

    TXP and MXP cards, refer to the “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Possible Payload PM subtabs are: SONET, SDH, Statistics, Utilization, and History. The following buttons function the same on all of the tabs. Not all tabs have all of these buttons.
  • Page 642: Table 17-2 Transponder And Muxponder Port Type Pm Provisioning Options

    For a list of the payload PM provisioning options for all transponder and muxponder cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. The options selected in the Provisioning tab can affect the parameters displayed in the Performance > Payload PM tab.
  • Page 643: Payload Pm Statistics Window

    Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tab for 10 GE to be enabled. For PPM provisioning procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. The parameters are listed under card view on the Performance > Payload PM > Statistics tab. For 10 GE...
  • Page 644: Table 17-4 Full Rmon Statistics On Txp_Mr_10G, Txp_Mr_10E, Txp_Mr_10E_C, Txp_Mr_10E_L, Ge_Xp, And

    TXPP_MR_2.5G cards when the ONE_GE or FC1G client type is enabled. For PPM provisioning procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For payload definitions, see the “17.4 Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions” section on page 17-20 and the “17.6 Full RMON...
  • Page 645: Table 17-7 Fc1G Payload Pms On The Client Side

    FC client-side payload PM parameters. FC payload PMs are available on the FC port on both the MXP_MR_2.5G and the MXPP_MR_2.5G cards when the FC1G client type is enabled. For PPM provisioning procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For payload definitions, see the “17.6 Full RMON Statistics PM Parameter Definitions”...
  • Page 646: Table 17-9 Maxbaserate For Sts And Vc Circuits

    This tab cannot be viewed unless the appropriate PPM port type is provisioned. For PPM provisioning procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Depending on the selected time interval, the History window displays the statistics for each port...
  • Page 647: Table 17-11 Transponder And Muxponder Pm Provisioning Options

    All counters on the card are cleared. The Help button activates context sensitive help. For more information about provisioning optical transport network (OTN) settings, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Table 17-11 lists the OTN PM provisioning options for all transponder, muxponder, GE_XP, and 10GE_XP cards.
  • Page 648: Table 17-12 Itu G.709 Otn Trunk-Side Pms

    ITU G.709 standard section monitoring BBER-SM ITU-T G.8021 ES-SM ESR-SM FC-SM SES-SM SESR-SM UAS-SM FC-SM BBE-PM ITU G.709 standard path monitoring BBER-PM ITU-T G.8021 ES-PM ESR-PM FC-PM SES-PM SESR-PM UAS-PM 1. Applicable to OCH facility. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 649: Table 17-13 Fec Otn Trunk-Side Pms

    Ethernet statistics. The Ethernet performance information is divided into the Statistics, Utilization, and History tabbed windows within the card view Performance tab window. For more information about provisioning ether ports, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
  • Page 650 (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). etherStatsPkts65to127Oct The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 651: Ether Ports Utilization Window

    1 minute, 15 minutes, 1 hour, and 1 day. Line utilization is calculated with the following formulas: Rx = (inOctets + inPkts * 20) * 8 / 100% interval * maxBaseRate Tx = (outOctets + outPkts * 20) * 8 / 100% interval * maxBaseRate Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 652: Table 17-16 Ethernet History Statistics Per Time Interval

    The PM parameters for the 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 32DMX-O, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 40-MUX-C cards are listed in Table 17-18. For ONS 15454 optics definitions, see the “17.4 Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions” section on page 17-20. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 653: Md-Xx.x Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    17.3.6 Optical Service Channel Card Performance Monitoring Parameters For ONS 15454 ANSI nodes, Figure 17-3 shows where overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the OSCM and OSC-CSM cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 654: Figure 17-3 Ons 15454 Ansi Node Pm Read Points On Oscm And Osc-Csm Cards

    Other Overhead PMs read on OCEAN ASIC For ONS 15454 ETSI nodes, Figure 17-4 shows where overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the OSCM and OSC-CSM cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 655 2. Applicable to OTS facilities Table 17-23 ETSI OSCM and OSC-CSM Card PMs Regeneration Section Multiplex Section (Near (Near End) End/Far End) Optics (Near End) RS-BBE MS-BBE RS-EB MS-EB RS-ES MS-ES RS-SES MS-SES MS-UAS Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 656: Optics And 8B10B Pm Parameter Definitions

    Performance Monitoring 17.4 Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions 17.4 Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions Table 17-24 on page 17-20 lists Cisco ONS 15454 optics and 8b10b PM parameter definitions. Table 17-24 ONS 15454 Optics and 8b10b PM Definitions Parameter...
  • Page 657: Itu G.709 And Itu-T G.8021 Trunk-Side Pm Parameter Definitions

    Definitions Table 17-27 defines the ITU G.709 and ITU-T G.8021 section monitoring trunk-side PM parameters. For more information, see the “17.2 Transponder and Muxponder Card Performance Monitoring” section on page 17-2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 658 OTN path during the PM time interval. FC-PM Path Monitoring Failure Counts (FC-PM) shows the failure counts recorded in the OTN path during the PM time interval. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 659: Full Rmon Statistics Pm Parameter Definitions

    64 octets in length. etherStatsPkts65to127Octets The number of packets received, including error packets, that are 65–127 octets in length. etherStatsPkts128to255Octets The number of packets received, including error packets, that are 128–255 octets in length. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 660 The number of received packets with an error symbol detected. ifInFramingErrorPkts The number of received packets with a control symbol other than an error detected. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 661: Fec Pm Parameter Definitions

    17.7 FEC PM Parameter Definitions Table 17-28 defines the MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L card FEC PM parameters. For more information, see the “17.2 Transponder and Muxponder Card Performance Monitoring” section on page 17-2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 662: Table 17-28 Fec Pm Definitions

    Section Errored Seconds (ES-S) is a count of the number of seconds when at least one section-layer BIP error was detected or an SEF or loss of signal (LOS) defect was present. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 663: Sdh Pm Parameter Definitions

    BBE to total blocks in available time during a fixed measurement interval. The count of total blocks excludes all blocks during SESs. MS-EB Multiplex Section Errored Block (MS-EB) indicates that one or more bits are in error within a block. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-27 78-18343-02...
  • Page 664: Table 17-30 Sdh Pm Parameters

    A section becomes unavailable when ten consecutive seconds occur that qualify as RS-UASs, and it continues to be unavailable until ten consecutive seconds occur that do not qualify as RS-UASs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 665: Pointer Justification Count Performance Monitoring

    (POH) is too slow in relation to the rate of the VC4. In CTC, the count fields for PPJC and NPJC PMs appear white and blank unless they are enabled on the card view Provisioning tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-29 78-18343-02...
  • Page 666 Chapter 17 Performance Monitoring 17.10 Pointer Justification Count Performance Monitoring Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 17-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 667: Snmp Overview

    This chapter explains Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) as implemented by the Cisco ONS 15454. For SNMP setup information, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies.
  • Page 668: Chapter 18 Snmp

    SNMP manager such as HP OpenView Network Node Manager (NNM) or Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) NetExpert to be utilized for limited management functions. The Cisco ONS 15454 supports SNMP Version 1 (SNMPv1) and SNMP Version 2c (SNMPv2c). These versions share many features, but SNMPv2c includes additional protocol operations and 64-bit performance monitoring support.
  • Page 669: Basic Snmp Components

    Figure 18-3 illustrates SNMP agent get-requests that transport data to the network management software. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 670: Snmp External Interface Requirement

    64-bit counters. The two directories also have somewhat different formats. 18.5 SNMP Message Types The ONS 15454 SNMP agent communicates with an SNMP management application using SNMP messages. Table 18-1 describes these messages. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-4 78-18343-02...
  • Page 671: Snmp Management Information Bases

    OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base 1493 BRIDGE-MIB-rfc1493.mib Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges (This defines MIB objects for managing MAC bridges based on the IEEE 802.1D-1990 standard between Local Area Network [LAN] segments.) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 672: Table 18-2 Ietf Standard Mibs Implemented In The Ons 15454 System

    MIBs for the ONS 15454. Table 18-3 ONS 15454 Proprietary MIBs Number Module Name CERENT-GLOBAL-REGISTRY.mib CERENT-TC.mib CERENT-454.mib CERENT-GENERIC.mib (not applicable to ONS 15454) CISCO-SMI.mib CISCO-VOA-MIB.mib CERENT-MSDWDM-MIB.mib CERENT-OPTICAL-MONITOR-MIB.mib CERENT-HC-RMON-MIB.mib Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 673: Generic Threshold And Performance Monitoring Mibs

    CERENT-TC.mib. Location (cerentGenericPmThresholdLocation). The syntax of cerentGenericPmThresholdLocation • is type cerentLocation, defined in CERENT-TC.mib. Time period (cerentGenericPmThresholdPeriod). The syntax of cerentGenericPmThresholdPeriod • is type cerentPeriod, defined in CERENT-TC.mib. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-7 78-18343-02...
  • Page 674: Table 18-4 Cerentgenericpmthresholdtable

    The cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentTable is shown in Table 18-5. Table 18-5 32-Bit cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentTable Index Objects Informational Objects cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentIndex cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentValue cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentMonType cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentOverFlowValue cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentLocation cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentHCValue cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentPeriod cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentValidData — cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentValidIntervals Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-8 78-18343-02...
  • Page 675: Table 18-6 32-Bit Cerentgenericpmstatsintervaltable

    [BLSR], Spanning Tree Protocol [STP], etc.). Severity and service effect of the alarm (critical, major, minor, or event; service-affecting or • non-service-affecting). Date and time stamp showing when the alarm occurred. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-9 78-18343-02...
  • Page 676: Generic And Ietf Traps

    Each SNMP trap contains variable bindings that are used to create the MIB tables. ONS 15454 traps and variable bindings are listed in Table 18-8. For each group (such as Group A), all traps within the group are associated with all of its variable bindings. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 677: Table 18-8 Supported Ons 15454 Snmpv2 Trap Variable Bindings

    The time that an event occurred. cerent454AlarmState The alarm severity and (cont.) service-affecting status. Severities are Minor, Major, and Critical. Service-affecting statuses are Service-Affecting and Non-Service Affecting. snmpTrapAddress The address of the SNMP trap. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 678 The method of sampling the selected variable and calculating the value to be compared against the thresholds. alarmValue The value of the statistic during the last sampling period. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 679 A single is also generated if the first sample after this entry is less than or equal to this threshold. cerent454NodeTime The time that an event occurred. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 680 The object line that raised the alarm. If a line is not relevant to the alarm, the line number is zero. cerent454AlarmObjectName The TL1-style user-visible name that uniquely identifies an object in the system. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 681 If a line is not relevant to the alarm, the line number is zero. cerent454AlarmObjectName The TL1-style user-visible name that uniquely identifies an object in the system. cerent454ThresholdMonitorType This object indicates the type of metric being monitored. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 682 If a port is not relevant to the alarm, the port number is zero. cerent454AlarmLineNumber The object line that raised the alarm. If a line is not relevant to the alarm, the line number is zero. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 683: Snmp Community Names

    RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.9 = STRING: "pdcc3" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.10 = STRING: "pdcc4" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.11 = STRING: "pdcc5" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.12 = STRING: "pdcc6" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.13 = STRING: "pdcc7" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.14 = STRING: "pdcc8" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.15 = STRING: "pdcc9" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.16 = STRING: "pdcc10" Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 684 RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.73 = STRING: "pdcc67" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.74 = STRING: "pdcc68" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.75 = STRING: "pdcc69" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.76 = STRING: "pdcc70" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.77 = STRING: "pdcc71" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.78 = STRING: "pdcc72" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.79 = STRING: "pdcc73" RFC1213-MIB::ifDescr.80 = STRING: "pdcc74" Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 685: Proxy Over Firewalls

    NMS such as HP OpenView. For security reasons, the SNMP proxy feature must be enabled at all receiving and transmitting NEs to function. For instructions to do this, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 686: Remote Monitoring

    18.11 Remote Monitoring The ONS 15454 incorporates RMON to allow network operators to monitor Ethernet card performance and events. The RMON thresholds are user-provisionable in CTC. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for instructions. Typical RMON operations, other than threshold provisioning, are invisible to the CTC user.
  • Page 687: Row Creation In Cmediaindependenthistorycontroltable

    (1). If the etherStatsTable row already exists, or if the SetRequest PDU values are insufficient or do not make sense, the SNMP agent returns an error code. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 688: Get Requests And Getnext Requests

    96 rows in the table. A card that contains 14 ports when multiplied by four periods allows 56 table rows. Table 18-9 RMON History Control Periods and History Categories Sampling Periods Total Values or Buckets (historyControlValue Variable) (historyControl Variable) 15 minutes 24 hours 1 minute 60 minutes Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 689: Row Creation In Historycontroltable

    The etherHistoryHighCapacityTable adds four columns for 64-bit performance monitoring data. These two tables have a one-to-one relationship. Adding or deleting a row in one table will also change the other. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 690: Table 18-10 Oids Supported In The Alarmtable

    No. Column Name Status ifInOctets {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10} — IfInUcastPkts {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11} — ifInMulticastPkts {1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.2} Unsupported in E100/E1000 ifInBroadcastPkts {1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.3} Unsupported in E100/E1000 ifInDiscards {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13} Unsupported in E100/E1000 ifInErrors {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14} — ifOutOctets {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16} — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 691: Get Requests And Getnext Requests

    — EtherStatsJabbers {1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.12} — EtherStatsOctets {1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4} — EtherStatsCollisions {1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.13} — EtherStatsCollisions {1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.8} — EtherStatsDropEvents {1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.3} Unsupported in E100/E1000 and G1000 18.11.6.3 Get Requests and GetNext Requests These PDUs are not restricted. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 692: Row Deletion In Alarmtable

    If there is a controller card protection switch, the existing logTable is cleared and a new one is started on the newly active controller card. The table contains as many rows as provided by the alarm controller. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 18-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 693: A.1 Shelf Specifications

    A.11 SFP and XFP Specifications, page A-83 • A.1 Shelf Specifications This section provides specifications for shelf bandwidth; a list of topologies; Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) specifications; the LAN, Transaction Language One (TL1), modem, and alarm specifications; timing, power, and environmental specifications; and shelf dimensions.
  • Page 694: Appendix A Hardware Specification

    A.1.5 TL1 Craft Interface The ONS 15454 TL1 craft interface has the following specifications: Speed: 9600 bps • TCC2/TCC2P access: EIA/TIA-232 DB-9 type connector • Backplane access: CRAFT pin field (ANSI only) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 695: A.1.6 Modem Interface

    2 DS-1 BITS inputs • 2 derived DS-1 outputs • Backplane access: BITS pin field • A.1.10 System Timing The ONS 15454 ANSI has the following system timing specifications: Stratum 3 per Telcordia GR-253-CORE • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 696: Table A-1 Fan Tray Assembly Power Requirements

    • A.1.12 Fan Tray Table A-1 lists power requirements for the fan-tray assembly. Table A-1 Fan Tray Assembly Power Requirements Fan Tray Assembly Watts Amps BTU/Hr FTA2 1.21 FTA3 -T 86.4 15454E-CC-FTA/15454-CC-FTA Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 697: A.1.13 System Environmental Specifications

    Weight: 26 kg empty (57.3 lb) • A.2 General Card Specifications This section provides power specifications and temperature ranges for all ONS 15454 cards. A.2.1 Power Table A-2 provides power consumption information for the ONS 15454 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 698: Table A-2 Individual Card Power Requirements (Typical Values At 25 Degrees C

    32MUX-O 0.33 Demultiplexer 32DMX-O 0.33 Cards 4MD-xx.x 0.35 58.0 ROADM Cards 32DMX 0.31 32DMX-L 0.31 32WSS 1.04 32WSS-L 0.90 40-MUX-C 0.73 40-DMX-C 0.73 40-DMX-CE 0.73 40-WSS-C 1.53 40-WSS-CE 1.53 40-WXC-C 0.63 0.15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 699: A.2.2 Temperature

    This section provides specifications for the TCC2, TCC2P, AIC, and AIC-I cards, the alarm expansion panel (AEP), the MIC-A/P and MIC-C/T/P FMECs, and the MS-ISC-100T card. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document.
  • Page 700: A.3.1 Tcc2 Card Specifications

    Holdover stability: 3.7 * 10 exp – 7 per day including temperature (< 255 slips in first 24 hours) – Reference: External BITS, line, internal – Supply voltage monitoring • Both supply voltage inputs are monitored. – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 701: A.3.3 Aic-I Card Specifications

    Due to the nature of mixed coding, in a mixed-mode (A-law/mu-law) configuration, the Note orderwire is not ITU-T G.712 compliant. – Orderwire party line Dual tone, multifrequency (DTMF) signaling – User data channel (UDC) • Bit rate: 64 kbps, codirectional – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 702: A.3.4 Aep Specifications (Ansi Only)

    Switched by opto MOS – Triggered by definable alarm condition – Maximum allowed open circuit voltage: 60 VDC – Maximum allowed closed circuit current: 100 mA – Termination: 50-pin AMP champ connector – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 703: A.3.5 Mic-A/P Fmec Specifications (Etsi Only)

    Power supply input BATTERY A • – System supply voltage: Nominal –48 VDC Tolerance limits: –40.5 to –57.0 VDC Connector: 3WK3 Combo-D power cable connector – Timing connector • – Frequency: 2.048 MHz +/–10 ppm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 704: A.3.7 Ms-Isc-100T Card Specifications

    Depth with backplane connector: 9.250 in. (235 mm) – – Weight not including clam shell: 2.3 lb (1.0 kg) A.4 Optical Service Channel Cards This section provides specifications for the OSCM and OSC-CSM cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 705: A.4.1 Oscm Card Specifications

    Minimum transmitter output power: –24 dBm – Nominal wavelength: 1510-nm +/–10 nm – VOA is necessary in the transmit path to adjust the in-fiber optical power level Receiver OSC signal • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 706: A.5 Optical Amplifier Cards

    OSC filter drop (channels) insertion loss maximum: 1 dB – OSC filter drop (OSC) insertion loss maximum: 1.8 dB – OSC filter add (OSC) insertion loss maximum: 1.3 dB – Optical connectors: LC-UPC/2 – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 707: A.5.2 Opt-Bst Amplifier Card Specifications

    Gain range: 8 to 23 dB with programmable gain tilt – Extended gain range: 23 to 26 dB with gain tilt uncontrolled – Gain and power regulation over/undershoot: 0.5 dB – Limited maximum output power: 20.5 dBm – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 708: A.5.4 Opt-Bst-L Amplifier Card Specifications

    Optical connectors: LC-UPC/2 – Dimensions • Height: 12.65 in. (332 mm) – Width: 0.921 in. (23.4 mm) (The dimension of the finger gasket is not included) – Depth: 9.00 in. (240 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 709: A.5.5 Opt-Amp-L Preamplifier Card Specifications

    Gain ripple (peak to valley): 1.5 dB – Gain range: 14 to 23 dB – Optimal gain (gain tilt = 0): 17 dB – – Gain and power regulation over/undershoot: 0.5 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 710: A.5.7 Opt-Amp-C Amplifier Card Specifications

    Optical connectors: LC-UPC/2 – Dimensions • Height: 12.65 in. (332 mm) – Width: 0.921 in. (23.4 mm) (The dimension of the finger gasket is not included) – Depth: 8.66 in. (220.1 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 711: A.6 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    – Depth: 9.00 in. (228.6 mm) – A.6.2 32DMX-O Card Specifications The 32DMX-O card optical specifications are listed in Table A-4. Note For power specifications, see Table A-2 on page A-6. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 712: A.6.3 4Md-Xx.x Card Specifications

    Rx—COM Tx Insertion loss All SOP and within COM Rx—xx.xx Tx — demultiplexer whole operating section temperature range COM Rx—yy.yy Tx — COM Rx—zz.zz Tx — COM Rx—kk.kk Tx — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 713: A.7 Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards

    –3 dB +/–200 — — and for maximum VOA bandwidth operating attenuation. Insertion loss All SOP, and within whole COM RX => TX 1, 32 — — operating temperature range, connectors included. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 714 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 715: Table A-7 32Dmx Channel Plan

    COM RX => TX 1, 32 — — operating temperature range, connectors included. — COM RX => TX 1, 32 25 — — dynamic range Maximum — — — — optical input power Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 716: Table A-9 32Dmx-L Channel Plan

    187.6 1598.04 98.8 187.5 1598.89 99.7 187.4 1599.75 00.6 187.3 1600.60 B01.4 01.4 187.2 1601.46 02.3 187.1 1602.31 03.1 1603.17 04.0 186.9 1604.03 The 32DMX-L card has the following additional specifications: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 717: A.7.3 32Wss Card Specifications

    Add 1, 32 => — — COM TX Maximum optical — — — — input power The 32WSS channel plan is shown in Table A-11. All 32WSS client interfaces must comply with this plan. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 718 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 The 32WSS card has the following additional specifications: • Dimensions Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 719: A.7.4 32Wss-L Card Specifications

    Add 1, 32 => — COM TX Maximum optical — — — — input power The 32WSS-L channel plan is shown in Table A-13. All 32WSS-L client interfaces must comply with this plan. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-27 78-18343-02...
  • Page 720: Table A-13 32Wss-L Channel Plan

    00.6 187.3 1600.60 B01.4 01.4 187.2 1601.46 02.3 187.1 1602.31 03.1 1603.17 04.0 186.9 1604.03 The 32WSS-L card has the following additional specifications: • Dimensions Height: 12.65 in. (321.3 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 721: A.7.5 40-Mux-C Card Specifications

    – – Depth: 9.00 in. (228.6 mm) A.7.6 40-DMX-C Card Specifications The 40-DMX-C card optical specifications are listed in Table A-15. For power specifications, see Table A-2 on page A-6. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-29 78-18343-02...
  • Page 722: A.7.7 40-Dmx-Ce Card Specifications

    40 (OUT) –3 dB bandwidth, +/–199 — COM RX => TX 1, 40 (OUT) Insertion loss All SOP and within COM RX => TX 1, — whole operating temperature range Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 723: Table A-16 40-Dmx-Ce Card Optical Specifications

    +/– 32 — –0.1 dB whole operating COM_TX temperature range Channel grid: +/– 98 — –0.25 dB Channel grid: +/– 135 — –0.5 dB Channel grid: +/– 160 — –1.0 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-31 78-18343-02...
  • Page 724: Table A-18 40-Wss-C Channel Grid

    34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 195.0 1537.4 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-32 78-18343-02...
  • Page 725: A.7.9 40-Wss-Ce Card Specifications

    Width: 1.866 in. (47.4 mm) (The dimension of the finger gasket is not included) – Depth: 1.42 in. (36 mm) A.7.9 40-WSS-CE Card Specifications The 40-WSS-CE card optical specifications are listed in Table A-19. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-33 78-18343-02...
  • Page 726: Table A-19 40-Wss-C Card Optical Specifications

    COM TX Add 1, 40 greater — than or equal to COM TX Maximum optical — — — input power The 40-WSS-CE card channel grid is listed in Table A-20. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-34 78-18343-02...
  • Page 727: Table A-20 40-Wss-C Card Channel Grid

    50.5 193.35 1550.52 51.3 193.25 1551.32 52.1 193.15 1552.12 52.9 193.05 1552.93 53.7 192.95 1553.73 B54.4 54.4 192.85 1554.54 55.3 192.75 1555.34 56.1 192.65 1556.15 56.9 192.55 1556.96 57.8 192.45 1557.77 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-35 78-18343-02...
  • Page 728: Table A-21 40-Wxc-C Optical Specifications

    All paths — Maximum optical — — — input power The 40-WXC-C card has the following additional specifications: Dimensions • Height: 12.65 in. (321.3 mm) for a standard DWDM unit – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-36 78-18343-02...
  • Page 729: A.7.11 Mmu Card Specifications

    — ps/nm Polarization mode — All paths — — dispersion (PMD) Optical power reading — All photodiodes — — resolution (both real and virtual) Optical power reading — –0.1 — precision Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-37 78-18343-02...
  • Page 730: A.8 Optical Add/Drop Cards

    (two connectors included) Insertion loss VOA at minimum attenuation; COM Rx—Exp Tx — 2.4 or (express section) all SOP and within whole Exp Rx—COM Tx operating temperature range (two connectors included) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-38 78-18343-02...
  • Page 731: A.8.2 Ad-2C-Xx.x Card Specifications

    (two connectors included) Insertion loss VOA at minimum attenuation; xx.xx Rx—COM Tx — (add section) all SOP and within whole yy.yy Rx—COM Tx — operating temperature range (two connectors included) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-39 78-18343-02...
  • Page 732: A.8.3 Ad-4C-Xx.x Card Specifications

    COM Rx—kk.kk Tx — Insertion loss VOA at minimum attenuation; COM Rx—Exp Tx — (express section) all SOP and within whole Exp Rx—COM Tx — operating temperature range (two connectors included) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-40 78-18343-02...
  • Page 733: A.8.4 Ad-1B-Xx.x Card Specifications

    Channel ID Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) AD-1B-30.3 B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 30.7 195.85 1530.72 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.5 195.75 1531.51 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.2 195.65 1532.29 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.3 195.55 1533.07 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-41 78-18343-02...
  • Page 734 194.1 1544.53 44.9 194.05 1544.92 AD-1B-46.1 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.5 193.85 1546.52 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.3 193.75 1547.32 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.1 193.65 1548.11 48.5 193.6 1548.51 48.9 193.55 1548.91 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-42 78-18343-02...
  • Page 735 Exp Rx—COM Tx Table A-28. Insertion loss All SOP and within whole COM Rx—Band Tx — (drop section) operating environmental range; two connectors included, VOA set at minimum attenuation Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-43 78-18343-02...
  • Page 736 The AD-1B-xx.x card has the following additional specifications: • Dimensions Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.921 in. (23.4 mm) (The dimension of the finger gasket is not included) – Depth: 9.0 in. (228.6 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-44 78-18343-02...
  • Page 737: A.8.5 Ad-4B-Xx.x Card Specifications

    40.5 194.6 1540.56 40.9 194.55 1540.95 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.5 194.35 1542.54 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.3 194.25 1543.33 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.1 194.15 1544.13 44.5 194.1 1544.53 44.9 194.05 1544.92 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-45 78-18343-02...
  • Page 738 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.5 192.35 1558.58 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.3 192.25 1559.39 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.2 192.15 1560.20 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.0 192.05 1561.01 Table A-30 lists AD-4B-xx.x optical specifications. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-46 78-18343-02...
  • Page 739 Wavelengths 1533.825 or higher B34.2 Wavelengths 1533.395 or lower Wavelengths 1537.765 or higher B38.1 Wavelengths 1537.325 or lower Wavelengths 1541.715 or higher B42.1 Wavelengths 1541.275 or lower Wavelengths 1545.695 or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-47 78-18343-02...
  • Page 740: Table A-31 Ad-4B-Xx.x Transmit And Receive Dropped Band Wavelength Ranges

    TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, MXP_2.5G_10E, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L cards, and ADM-10G cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. A.9.1 TXP_MR_10G Card Specifications The TXP_MR_10G card has the following specifications: Line (trunk side) •...
  • Page 741 Receiver input power (no FEC, unamplified, 23 dB OSNR, at +/– 1000 ps/nm BER 1 * 10 exp – 12): –8 to –19 dBm Receiver input power (no FEC, amplified, 19 dB OSNR, BER 1 * 10 exp – 12): –8 to –20 dBm – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-49 78-18343-02...
  • Page 742: A.9.2 Mxp_2.5G_10G Card Specifications

    Depth with backplane connector: 9.250 in. (235 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 3.1 lb (1.3 kg) – A.9.2 MXP_2.5G_10G Card Specifications The MXP_2.5G_10G card has the following specifications: Line (trunk side) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-50 78-18343-02...
  • Page 743 1550.12 to 1550.92 nm (two wavelengths) – 1551.72 to 1552.52 nm (two wavelengths) – – 1554.13 to 1554.94 nm (two wavelengths) – 1555.75 to 1556.55 nm (two wavelengths) – 1558.17 to 1558.98 nm (two wavelengths) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-51 78-18343-02...
  • Page 744: A.9.3 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Card Specifications

    The TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards have the following specifications: Line (trunk side) • Bit rate: – 2.488 Gbps for OC-48/STM-16 2.66 Gbps with ITU-T G.709 Digital Wrapper/FEC Code: Scrambled NRZ – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-52 78-18343-02...
  • Page 745 1. OSNR defined with 0.1 nm resolution bandwidth (RBW) Receiver: APD – Link loss budget: 24 dB minimum, with no dispersion or 22 dB optical path loss at – BER = 1 * 10 exp – 12 including dispersion Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-53 78-18343-02...
  • Page 746: A.9.4 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card Specifications

    FC2G—Fibre Channel 2.125 Gbps – FICON1G—Fiber connectivity 1.06 Gbps (IBM signal) – FICON2G—Fiber connectivity 2.125 Gbps (IBM signal) – ESCON—Enterprise System Connection 200 Mbps – ONE_GE—One Gigabit Ethernet 1.125 Gbps – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-54 78-18343-02...
  • Page 747 ITU grid blue band: 1530.334 to 1544.526 nm (four card versions, four wavelengths each) – ITU grid red band: 1546.119 to 1560.606 nm (four card versions, four wavelengths each) – Receiver (trunk side, see Table A-33) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-55 78-18343-02...
  • Page 748: Table A-33 Mxp_Mr_2.5G/Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications

    Link loss budget: 8 dB minimum, at BER = 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Receiver input wavelength range: 1290 to 1605 nm or 850nm Dimensions • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-56 78-18343-02...
  • Page 749: A.9.5 Mxp_2.5G_10E Card Specifications

    ITU grid red band: – 1546.12 to 1548.92 nm (four channels) 1550.12 to 1552.93 nm (four channels) – 1554.13 to 1556.96 nm (four channels) – 1558.17 to 1561.01 nm (four channels) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-57 78-18343-02...
  • Page 750: A.9.6 Mxp_2.5G_10E_C Card Specifications

    Weight not including clam shell: 3.1 lb (1.3 kg) – A.9.6 MXP_2.5G_10E_C Card Specifications The MXP_2.5G_10E_C card has the following specifications: • Line (trunk side) – Bit rate: 10.70923 Gbps (in ITU-T G.709 Digital Wrapper/FEC mode) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-58 78-18343-02...
  • Page 751 1531.898 193.65 1548.115 195.65 1532.290 193.60 1548.515 195.60 1532.681 193.55 1548.915 195.55 1533.073 193.50 1549.32 195.50 1533.47 193.45 1549.71 195.45 1533.86 193.40 1550.116 195.40 1534.250 193.35 1550.517 195.35 1534.643 193.30 1550.918 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-59 78-18343-02...
  • Page 752 +/– 1200 ps/nm 26 dB < 10 exp – 12 – 8 to – 20 dBm +/– 1000 ps/nm 26 dB < 10 exp – 12 – 8 to – 22 dBm — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-60 78-18343-02...
  • Page 753 – 8 to – 18 dBm — 14 dB Enhanced < 7 x 10 exp – 4 < 10 exp – 15 – 8 to – 18 dBm +/– 800 ps/nm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-61 78-18343-02...
  • Page 754: Table A-36 Mxp_2.5G_10E_C Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications

    Bit rate: 10.70923 Gbps (in ITU-T G.709 Digital Wrapper/FEC mode) – – Code: Scrambled NRZ – Fiber: 1550-nm single-mode – Maximum chromatic dispersion allowance: +/– 1200 ps/nm (specified penalty) Loopback modes: Terminal and facility – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-62 78-18343-02...
  • Page 755 1591.26 190.35 1574.95 188.35 1591.68 190.3 1575.37 188.3 1592.10 190.25 1575.78 188.25 1592.52 190.2 1576.20 188.2 1592.95 190.15 1576.61 188.15 1593.37 190.1 1577.03 188.1 1593.79 190.05 1577.44 188.05 1594.22 1577.86 1594.64 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-63 78-18343-02...
  • Page 756: Table A-37 Mxp_2.5G_10E_L Card Trunk Wavelengths

    – 8 to – 18 dBm — 15 dB Enhanced < 7 x 10 exp – 4 < 10 exp – 15 – 8 to – 18 dBm +/– 800 ps/nm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-64 78-18343-02...
  • Page 757: A.9.8 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_C Card Specifications

    FC4G—Fibre Channel 4.25 Gbps – FICON1G—Fiber connectivity 1.06 Gbps (IBM signal) FICON2G—Fiber connectivity 2.125 Gbps (IBM signal) – FICON4G—Fiber connectivity 4.25 Gbps (IBM signal) – ISC compatability – ISC peer 1G – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-65 78-18343-02...
  • Page 758: Table A-39 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_C Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications

    –9 to –22 dBm +/– 1000 ps/nm 2 dBm — 10 dB < 10 exp – 5 < 10 exp – 15 –8 to –18 dBm +/– 800 ps/nm — 1.5 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-66 78-18343-02...
  • Page 759 Width: 0.921 in. (23.4 mm) (The dimension of the finger gasket is not included) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Depth with backplane connector: 9.250 in. (235 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 2.25 lb (1.02 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-67 78-18343-02...
  • Page 760: A.9.9 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_L Card Specifications

    – Chromatic dispersion allowance: 5400 ps/nm, giving an optical power penalty < 2.0 dB – Minimum side mode suppression ratio: 30 dB – – Wavelength stability (drift): +/– 25 picometers (pm) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-68 78-18343-02...
  • Page 761: Table A-40 Mxp_Mr_10Dme_L Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications

    Minimum receiver level: –14 dBm at BER 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Receiver: APD – Link loss budget: 8 dB minimum, at BER = 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-69 78-18343-02...
  • Page 762: A.9.10 Txp_Mr_10E Card Specifications

    C-band frequency plan (eight card versions, each with four tunable channels on the ITU 100-GHz grid): 1530.33 to 1533.07 nm (four channels) – 1534.25 to 1537.00 nm (four channels) – 1538.19 to 1540.95 nm (four channels) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-70 78-18343-02...
  • Page 763: Table A-41 Txp_Mr_10E Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications

    – Fiber: 1310-nm single-mode – Maximum chromatic dispersion allowance: 6.6 ps/nm – Loopback modes: Terminal and facility – – Connectors: LC – Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.957, ITU-T G.691 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-71 78-18343-02...
  • Page 764: A.9.11 Txp_Mr_10E_C Card Specifications

    TXP_MR_10E_C card. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the TXP_MR_10E_C card. Connectors: LC – Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.957, and ITU-T G.709 – Transmitter (trunk side) • – Maximum transmitter output power: +6 dBm Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-72 78-18343-02...
  • Page 765 1536.609 193.05 1552.926 195.05 1537.003 193.00 1553.33 195.00 1537.40 192.95 1553.73 194.95 1537.79 192.90 1554.134 194.90 1538.186 192.85 1554.537 194.85 1538.581 192.80 1554.940 194.80 1538.976 192.75 1555.343 194.75 1539.371 192.70 1555.747 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-73 78-18343-02...
  • Page 766: Table A-42 Txp_Mr_10E_C Card Trunk Wavelengths

    Link loss budget: 24 dB minimum, with no dispersion or 22 dB optical path loss at – BER = 1 * 10 exp – 12 including dispersion Receiver input wavelength range: 1529 to 1562 nm – Line (client side): • XFP-based SR – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-74 78-18343-02...
  • Page 767: A.9.12 Txp_Mr_10E_L Card Specifications

    10GE into OTU2 (non-standard 11.0957 Gbps), 10G FC (10.51875 Gbps), or 10G FC into OTU2 (non-standard 11.31764 Gbps) Code: Scrambled NRZ – Fiber: 1550-nm single-mode – – Maximum chromatic dispersion allowance: +/– 1200 ps/nm (specified penalty) – Loopback modes: Terminal and facility Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-75 78-18343-02...
  • Page 768 1591.26 190.35 1574.95 188.35 1591.68 190.3 1575.37 188.3 1592.10 190.25 1575.78 188.25 1592.52 190.2 1576.20 188.2 1592.95 190.15 1576.61 188.15 1593.37 190.1 1577.03 188.1 1593.79 190.05 1577.44 188.05 1594.22 1577.86 1594.64 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-76 78-18343-02...
  • Page 769: Table A-44 Txp_Mr_10E_L Card Trunk Wavelengths

    +/– 800 ps/nm 13 dB Enhanced < 7 x 10 exp – 4 < 10 exp – 15 – 8 to – 18 dBm — 1. OSNR defined with 0.1 nm RBW Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-77 78-18343-02...
  • Page 770: A.9.13 Adm-10G Card Specifications

    Weight not including clam shell: 3.1 lb (1.3 kg) – A.9.13 ADM-10G Card Specifications The ADM-10G card has the following specifications: Line • Bit rate: OC-3/STM-1 (155.520 Mb/s); OC-12/STM-3 (622.08 Mb/s); OC-48/STM-16 – (2488.32 Mb/s); OC-192/STM-64 (9.95328 Gbps) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-78 78-18343-02...
  • Page 771: A.9.14 Ge_Xp And 10Ge_Xp Card Specifications

    You must use a 20-dB fiber attenuator (15 to 25 dB) when working with the GE_XP card in a loopback Caution on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the GE_XP card. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the GE_XP card. – Connectors: LC Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-79 78-18343-02...
  • Page 772: Table A-46 Ge_Xp Card Receiver Trunk Side Specifications

    Loopback modes: Terminal and facility Connectors: LC (optical) – Transmitter (client side): Depends on the SFP that is used. • Receiver (client side): Depends on the SFP that is used. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-80 78-18343-02...
  • Page 773: A.10 Mesh Patch Panel Specifications

    — 1. Under all SOPs and all operating environmental conditions 2. Values are referenced with connector loss (LC=0.3 dB, MPO=0.5dB) The PP-MESH-4 patch panel has the following additional specifications: • Environmental Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-81 78-18343-02...
  • Page 774: A.10.2 Pp-Mesh-8 Patch Panel Specifications

    Operating temperature: +23 to +149 degrees Fahrenheit (–5 to +65 degrees Celsius) – Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, noncondensing – Dimensions • Height: 17.42 in. (442.5 mm) – Width: 3.457 in. (87.8 mm) – Depth: 11.025 in. (280 mm) – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-82 78-18343-02...
  • Page 775: A.11 Sfp And Xfp Specifications

    The CC-FTA fan tray is mandatory if CWDM SFPs and DWDM SFPs are used on MSTP units. Note Use hardware version 2.0 DWDM SFP for MSTP units. Note See the Installing the GBIC, SFP, and XFP Optics Modules in Cisco ONS Platforms for SFP and XFP specifications. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-83...
  • Page 776 Appendix A Hardware Specifications A.11 SFP and XFP Specifications Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 A-84 78-18343-02...
  • Page 777: B.1 Service States

    A P P E N D I X Administrative and Service States This appendix describes the administrative and service states for Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) cards, optical payload ports, out-of-band optical service channel (OSC) ports, optical channel network connections (OCHNCs), and transponder/muxponder cards and ports.
  • Page 778: B.2 Administrative States

    IS-NR/Unlocked-enabled depends on correction of conditions. Alarm reporting is suppressed, but traffic is carried. Raised fault conditions, whether or not their alarms are reported, can be retrieved on the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) Conditions tab or by using the TL1 RTRV-COND command.
  • Page 779: Appendix B Administrative And Service State

    Add a shelf. OOS-AU,AINS & UEQ (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & notInstalled (ETSI) OOS-AUMA,UAS (ANSI) Disconnect a shelf. OOS-AUMA,UAS & UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,unassigned (ETSI) Locked-disabled,unassigned & notInstalled (ETSI) Add a shelf. IS-NR (ANSI) Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 780: B.3.2 Dwdm Card Service State Transitions

    ANSI and ETSI service state transitions for AD-1B-xx.x, AD-4B-xx.x, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, OSC-CSM, OSCM, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-17-C, 4MD-xx.x, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32MUX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 32DMX-O, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, and 40-WXC-C cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 781 OOS-AU,AINS & SWDL (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & notInstalled (ETSI) softwareDownload (ETSI) Insert an invalid card. OOS-AU,AINS & MEA (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & mismatchOfEquipment (ETSI) Delete the card. OOS-AUMA,UAS & UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,unassigned & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 782 Unlocked-disabled,notInstalled (ETSI) OOS-AU,UEQ (ANSI) Insert a valid card. OOS-AU,SWDL (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,notInstalled (ETSI) Unlocked-disabled,softwareDownload (ETSI) Insert an invalid card. OOS-AU,MEA (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment (ETSI) Delete the card. OOS-AUMA,UAS & UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,unassigned & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 783 Insert a valid card. OOS-AU,SWDL (ANSI) Locked-disabled,unassigned & notInstalled Unlocked-disabled,softwareDownload (ETSI) (ETSI) Insert an invalid card. OOS-AUMA,MEA & UAS (ANSI) Locked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment & unassigned (ETSI) Preprovision a card. OOS-AU,AINS & UEQ (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 784: B.3.3 Optical Payload Port Service State Transitions

    OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) Locked,disabled (ETSI) administrative state. Put the port or cross-connect in OOS-AUMA,FLT & MT (ANSI) the OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked-disabled,failed & maintenance Locked,maintenance (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 785 OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) the OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) Locked,disabled (ETSI) administrative state. Put the port or cross-connect in a OOS-AUMA,FLT & LPBK & MT (ANSI) loopback. Locked-disabled,failed & loopback & maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 786: B.3.4 Osc Port Service State Transitions

    Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) (ETSI) Put the port in the OOS,MT OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. Alarm/condition is raised. OOS-AU,AINS & FLT (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & failed (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 787 Put the port in the OOS,DSBLD OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,disabled Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. Put the port in a loopback. OOS-AUMA,FLT & LPBK & MT (ANSI) Locked-disabled,failed & loopback & maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 788: B.3.5 Ochnc, Ochcc, And Och-Trail Service State Transitions

    Put the port in the OOS,DSBLD OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,disabled Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. Put the port in the OOS,MT OOS-AUMA,FLT & MT (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance Locked-disabled,failed & maintenance (ETSI) administrative state. (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 789: B.3.6 Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions

    OOS-AU,AINS (ANSI) IS,AINS (ANSI) or Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. B.3.6 Transponder/Muxponder Card Service State Transitions Table B-9 lists ANSI and ETSI transponder and muxponder card service state transitions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 790 • Locked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment • & unassigned (ETSI) OOS-AU,AINS & SWDL (ANSI) Restart completed. IS-NR (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) softwareDownload (ETSI) Pull the card. OOS-AU,AINS & UEQ (ANSI) Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 791 If the card is invalid: OOS-AUMA,MEA & UAS (ANSI) • • Locked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment & unassigned (ETSI) Change the administrative state OOS-AUMA,MT & UEQ (ANSI) to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked-disabled,maintenance & notInstalled Locked,maintenance (ETSI). (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 792 Change the administrative state OOS-AU,FLT (ANSI) to IS (ANSI) or Unlocked Unlocked-disabled,failed (ETSI) (ETSI). Reset the card. OOS-AUMA,MT & SWDL (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & softwareDownload (ETSI) Alarm/condition is cleared. IS-NR (ANSI) Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 793 OOS-AUMA,MT & SWDL (ANSI) Locked-disabled,maintenance & softwareDownload (ETSI) Insert an invalid card. OOS-AUMA,MEA & MT (ANSI) Locked-disabled,mismatchOfEquipment & maintenance (ETSI) Delete the card. OOS-AUMA,UAS & UEQ (ANSI) Locked-disabled,unassigned & notInstalled (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 794: B.3.7 Transponder/Muxponder Port Service State Transitions

    Alarm/condition is raised. OOS-AUMA,FLT & MT (ANSI) Locked-disabled,failed & maintenance (ETSI) B.3.7 Transponder/Muxponder Port Service State Transitions Table B-10 lists the ANSI and ETSI transponder and muxponder port service state transitions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 795 Put the port in the OOS,DSBLD OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,disabled Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. Put the port in the OOS,MT OOS-AUMA,FLT & MT (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance Locked-disabled,failed & maintenance (ETSI) administrative state. (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 796 Put the port in the OOS,DSBLD OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,disabled Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. Put the port in a loopback. OOS-AUMA,FLT & LPBK & MT (ANSI) Locked-disabled,failed & loopback & maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 797 Put the port in the OOS,MT OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) (ETSI) administrative state. OOS-MA,LPBK & MT (ANSI) Release the loopback. OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) Locked-enabled,loopback & maintenance Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 798 MT (ANSI)/Locked-enabled,loopback and maintenance (ETSI) service state and the client ports are in IS-NR (ANSI)/Unlocked-enabled (ETSI) for complete loopback functionality. This type of loopback affects all client ports because it is performed on the aggregate signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 B-22...
  • Page 799 32DMX-O card channel plan A-22 block diagrams 5-19 description 7-25 description 5-16 faceplate 7-26 faceplate 5-18 input power class input power class LEDs 7-29 LEDs 5-20 PM parameters 17-16 PM parameters 17-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-1 78-18343-02...
  • Page 800 A-29, A-36 LEDs See also DWDM cards 7-17 PM parameters 40-DMX-CE card 17-16 port calibration 7-16 block diagrams 7-42 power monitoring channel plan 7-16 7-43 power requirements description 7-40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-2 78-18343-02...
  • Page 801 LEDs 7-50 5-23 power monitoring PM parameters 7-53 17-17 power requirements port calibration 5-23 ROADM functionality 7-53 port-level indicators 5-24 service state transitions power monitoring 5-23 software compatibility power requirements Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-3 78-18343-02...
  • Page 802 6-26 AD-1C-xx.x card power monitoring 6-25 block diagrams 6-11 power requirements description service state transitions faceplate 6-10 specifications A-45 input power See also DWDM cards LEDs 6-12 AD-4C-xx.x card Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-4 78-18343-02...
  • Page 803 16-12 power requirements creating 16-9 safety labels description 16-9 specifications editing A-78 16-11 summary modifying 16-9 Y-cable protection alarms 8-73 See also DWDM cards alarm contact connections 1-57 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-5 78-18343-02...
  • Page 804: Figure 9-40 Wdm-Ans Provisioning

    10-11 MXPP_MR_2.5G card description 8-49 10-10 OPT-AMP-17-C card managing 4-26, 10-25 10-14 OPT-AMP-C card 4-30, 10-25 states 10-14 OPT-AMP-L card 4-22, 10-25 10-15 OPT-BST card applying alarm profiles 4-10, 10-20 16-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-6 78-18343-02...
  • Page 805 14-1 list of tabs 12-19 pin field assignments 1-58 Maintenance tab 12-20 browsers, installation overview 12-4 Performance tab 12-20 Provisioning tab 12-20 CD-ROM, ONS lxiv CGV parameter definition 17-20 cables changing Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-7 78-18343-02...
  • Page 806 MXP and TXP cards OADM cards database OSC cards description 12-23 ROADM cards MAC address 1-31 conditions revert 12-24 changing time zone 16-3 data communications channel. See DCC column descriptions 16-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-8 78-18343-02...
  • Page 807 15-4 performance monitoring 17-16 routing table 15-39 service state transitions B-4 to B-7 DHCP scenario 15-3 See also individual DWDM card names displaying DWDM functional view alarms 16-2, 16-4 changing 9-69 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-9 78-18343-02...
  • Page 808 ENEs, secure and repeater mode 15-20 pin assignments with AEP 1-36 enhanced forward error correction. See E-FEC provisioning 16-13 enterprise LAN connection. See corporate LAN connection wiring description 1-57 environmental specifications Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-10 78-18343-02...
  • Page 809 (ANSI only) 1-22 TXP_MR_10E_L card 8-18 description 1-21 TXP_MR_10E card 8-14 label 1-25 FELC 8-78 label (ANSI) 1-26 fiber label (ETSI) 1-27 capacity 1-42 removing (ANSI) 1-24 management 1-41 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-11 78-18343-02...
  • Page 810: Block Diagram

    Ethernet RMON group 18-23 safety labels RMON 18-22 specifications A-79 15-9 summary hubbed rings 10-2 Y-cable protection 8-65, 8-75 hub node See also DWDM cards cabling 9-44 generic communications channel. See GCC Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-12 78-18343-02...
  • Page 811 Laser Bias (Max,%) parameter definition 17-5 dual IP addresses using secure mode 15-19 Laser Bias (Min,%) parameter definition 17-5 environments 15-2 lasers, shutting down. See ALS requirements 15-2 laser warning 1-27, 1-28 subnetting 15-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-13 78-18343-02...
  • Page 812 9-30 line termination shelf 9-31 MAC address multishelf four-degree protected layout example 9-27 1-31 multishelf protected ROADM layout example 9-26 proxy ARP 15-4 multishelf ROADM layout example 9-26 Maintenance user Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-14 78-18343-02...
  • Page 813 7-71 safety labels power requirements See also DWDM cards software compatibility See also individual card names specifications multiplex section PM parameters A-37 17-19 modem interface multishelf modifying alarming 16-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-15 78-18343-02...
  • Page 814 SONET/SDH overhead byte processing 8-38 8-40 E-FEC specifications 8-36, 8-39 A-62 faceplate timing synchronization 8-38 8-39 features 8-36 trunk wavelengths 8-42, A-63 jitter wavelength identification 8-43 8-40 lamp test Y-cable protection 8-43 8-75 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-16 78-18343-02...
  • Page 815 17-11 PM parameters specifications 17-2, 17-6, 17-27 A-68 port-level LEDs trunk wavelengths 8-28 8-57 power requirements wavelength identification 8-55 specifications Y-cable protection A-50 8-75 termination modes See also MXP cards 8-79 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-17 78-18343-02...
  • Page 816: Figure 8-30 Splitter Protection

    1-17 node colors in 12-17 See also individual MXP card names node status (icon colors) 12-17 MXPP_MR_2.5G card Provisioning tab 12-17, 13-6 8-49 security levels per tab 13-5 block diagram 8-49 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-18 78-18343-02...
  • Page 817 OPR-AVG parameter definition 17-21 optical interface with 10-Gbps cards OPR-MAX parameter definition 17-21 optical interface with 2.5-Gbps cards OPR-MIN parameter definition 17-21 safety labels OPR parameter definition 17-21 summary Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-19 78-18343-02...
  • Page 818: Figure 16-3 Opt-Bst Card Alarm Profiles

    PM parameters ports 17-16 4-14 port calibration power monitoring 4-25 4-16 port-level indicators service state transitions 4-25 ports 4-22 specifications A-15 power monitoring See also amplifier cards 4-25 power requirements OPT-BST-L card Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-20 78-18343-02...
  • Page 819 See OSC cards terminations in a multishelf node 9-20 optical sides OSC-CSM card CTC tab 9-21 3-9, 10-19, 10-22 description block diagram 9-21 3-11 displaying compatibility 9-63 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-21 78-18343-02...
  • Page 820 12-4 networking and TCP/IP 15-45 performance, optical 10-9 overview 15-45 performance monitoring OSNR, network applications 10-2 10GE parameter definitions 17-23 OSPF 8b10b parameter definitions 17-20 alternative to static routes 15-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-22 78-18343-02...
  • Page 821 SDH layer far-end 17-7 external alarms 16-13 SDH layer near-end 17-7 options for ports 17-6 section 17-19 proxy server 15-12 SONET layer far-end 17-7 transponder and muxponder PMs 17-11 SONET layer near-end 17-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-23 78-18343-02...
  • Page 822 RAM requirements 12-5 32DMX-L card 7-32 rear cover 1-30 40-DMX-C card 7-37 regeneration node. See OSC regeneration node 40-DMX-CE card 7-42 regeneration section PM parameters 17-19 40-WSS-C card 7-53 remote access 12-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-24 78-18343-02...
  • Page 823 13-2, 13-5 RS-UAS parameter definition 17-28 user level definitions 13-1 Running Disparity Count parameter definition 17-25 viewing information about 12-10 rxControlFrames parameter definition 17-25 SEF-S parameter definition 17-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-25 78-18343-02...
  • Page 824: Figure 10-7 Single-Span Link

    Simple Network Management Protocol. See SNMP port service states 12-11 single-span link, description service 10-7 slots service state transitions B-3 to B-22 fiber management static route IP addressing scenario 1-41 15-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-26 78-18343-02...
  • Page 825 16-8 ITU-T G.709 framing 16-19 performance monitoring documents 17-1 SDH framing 16-20 TXP_MR_10E_C card compliance A-72 SONET framing 16-20 TXP_MR_10E card compliance A-71 suppressed by LOS and LOF alarms 17-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-27 78-18343-02...
  • Page 826: Node Timing Parameters

    12-8 power requirements craft interface connection 1-59 specifications A-72 interface specifications trunk wavelengths A-73 port 12-4 See also TXP cards TL1 tunnels compared to IP-over-CLNS tunnels 12-21 TXP_MR_10E_L card 8-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-28 78-18343-02...
  • Page 827: Block Diagram

    B-13 to B-18 TXP_MR_10G card specifications A-48 to A-78 summary 8-10 block diagram 8-10 suppressing TCAs 16-17 description suppression of TCAs due to LOS and LPF alarms 17-2 faceplate 8-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-29 78-18343-02...
  • Page 828: Block Diagram

    See external alarms laser 1-27, 1-28 See external controls wavelengths, patch-panel ports 1-45 users, security level definitions 13-1 WDM-ANS provisioning 9-59 west-to-east 9-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-30 78-18343-02...
  • Page 829 1-16 description 1-9, 8-75 GE_XP card 8-65 managing fibers 1-47 managing multiple modules 1-18 module configuration 1-14 module tray 1-18 port label 1-19 port mapping 1-16, 1-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-31 78-18343-02...
  • Page 830 Index Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-32 78-18343-02...

Table of Contents